Converted from en_tn_61-1PE.tsv to tn_1PE.tsv

Signed-off-by: unfoldingWord <info@unfoldingword.org>

en_tn_61-1PE.tsv

@@ -1,501 +0,0 @@
-Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br><br>1. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)<br><br>    * Praise to God for saving the believers (1:3–12)<br>    * Command to be holy (1:13–21)<br>    * Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)<br><br>1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)<br><br>    * How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>    * How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br>    * How believers should act because the end is near (4:7–11)<br><br>1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)<br><br>    * How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)<br>    * How believers should interact with one another (5:1–11)<br><br>1. Conclusion (5:12–14)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of 1 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle, and he also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])<br><br>### What is the book of 1 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they were suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus would return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to people in authority over them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter, ” or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How were Christians treated in Rome?<br><br>Peter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except in two places: [1:16](../01/16.md) and [2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. Sometimes it refers to a specific group of people within Peter’s audience, such as wives, husbands, church leaders, or other groups. These groups are indicated in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 1 Peter?<br><br>“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Praise to God for saving the believers (1:3–12)<br>3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)<br>4. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)<br><br>Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at that time.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were because they had faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy ([1:15](../01/15.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are also glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1:5](../01/05.md))
-1PE	1	1	g6b4	figs-123person	Πέτρος	1		In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-1PE	1	1	p0pd	translate-names	Πέτρος	1		**Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 1 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1PE	1	1	h6om	figs-distinguish	ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		This phrase gives further information about Simon Peter. He describes himself as being someone given the position and authority of being Christ’s apostle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1PE	1	1	owrg	figs-123person	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις	1		In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then state to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you elect exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-1PE	1	1	g3n3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **elect** and **dispersion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those whom God has elected and exiled among those whom God has dispersed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	When Peter calls his readers **exiles**, he could mean: (1) they are **exiles** because they are far away from their true home in heaven. Alternate translation: “to the elect exiles of the dispersion who are far from their home in heaven” (2) they are **exiles** because they were forced to leave their homes and go far away to Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia. Alternate translation: “to you elect exiles of the dispersion who are far away from your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	1	bg47	figs-metaphor	διασπορᾶς	1		Here, **dispersion** could refer to: (1) groups of Gentile Christians who were spread throughout the world instead of in their true home in heaven. In this case, **dispersion** would have a similar meaning to **exiles** and would add emphasis. Alternate translation: “among those dispersed outside of their true home in heaven” (2) the groups of Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel, which is the common technical meaning for this word. Alternate translation: “among the dispersed Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	1	qkl8	translate-names	Πόντου, Γαλατίας, Καππαδοκίας, Ἀσίας, καὶ Βιθυνίας	1	Cappadocia … Bithynia	**Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia** are names of Roman provinces that were located in what is now the country of Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1PE	1	2	ba1h	figs-abstractnouns	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1	the foreknowledge of God the Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foreknowledge**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “what God the Father foreknew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	2	lcps	figs-explicit	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1		This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father planned previously” (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	2	z59t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1PE	1	2	huw6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sanctification**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the Spirit sanctifying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	2	sfrr	figs-possession	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **sanctification** that is produced by the Holy **Spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the Spirit causing you to be sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	1	2	ukos	figs-explicit	εἰς ὑπακοὴν καὶ ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **obedience** could refer to: (1) obeying God. Alternate translation: “for obedience of God and the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ” (2) obeying Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “for obedience of Jesus Christ and the sprinkling of his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	2	oiuz	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obedience**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “for you to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	2	j96u	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which the Holy Spirit sanctifies believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	1	2	rwkk	figs-metaphor	ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ	Peter uses **sprinkling** figuratively to refer to believers being in a covenant relationship with God. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel in [Exodus 24:1–11](../exo/24/01.md) to symbolize that they were joining in a covenant relationship with God, believers are joined in a covenant relationship with God by means of Jesus’ death. Moses also sprinkled blood on the priests to set them apart to serve God as priests ([Leviticus 8:30](../lev/08/30.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the covenant between believers and God established by the blood of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	2	i9kf	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the blood of Jesus Christ	Here, **blood** refers figuratively to the death of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the blood, the symbol of the death of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	2	k547	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-1PE	1	2	iam1	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	2	z7df	figs-metaphor	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace be to you, and may your peace increase	Peter speaks of **grace** and **peace** figuratively as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May grace and peace increase in your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	2	gj71	figs-activepassive	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May God multiply grace and peace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	3	y6aq			0	General Information:	Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. [Verses 3–5](../01/03.md) are one sentence, but you may need to divide them into shorter sentences in your language.
-1PE	1	3	l4vi	figs-declarative	εὐλογητὸς	1		Peter is using a statement to give an exhortation. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for exhortation. Alternate translation: “Let us bless” or “Let us praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	1	3	z6wk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1PE	1	3	cyf6	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	our … us	The words **our** and **us** are inclusive. They refer to Peter and those believers to whom he is writing. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1PE	1	3	ib1x	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe Jesus as the **Lord** who rules over those who believe in him. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the person who is lord over us,” or “of the person who rules over us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	1	3	mdvi	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to his great merciful character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	3	c92y	figs-metaphor	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς	1	he has given us new birth	The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation and include an explanation if necessary. Alternate translation: “has caused us to be spiritually reborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	3	cbxb	figs-infostructure	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν, δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		The clause **into a living hope** is parallel to “into an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” in the next verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse in order to show that parallel structure. Alternate translation: “who has caused us to be born again through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from dead ones into a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	1	3	qe1c	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1		Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	1	3	kngt	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1		Peter uses **living** figuratively to describe **hope** that is certain and will not lead to disappointment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into a hope that will not disappoint you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	3	lh0r	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through Jesus Christ being resurrected from among dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	4	v9jq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1		Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a second purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. This clause states what the “living hope” in the previous verse is. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	1	4	b2zy	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	for an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **inheritance**, you can express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “into what we will inherit that is imperishable and undefiled and unfading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	4	cy1g	figs-metaphor	κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	an … inheritance	Peter uses **inheritance** figuratively to refer to what we will receive in heaven. This could refer to: (1) The promise of God that we will live forever with him. Alternate translation: “a sure and unfailing promise the we will live forever with God” (2) future blessings in heaven after this life. Alternate translation: “imperishable and undefiled and unfading blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	4	z6w4	figs-activepassive	τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	reserved in heaven for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God has kept in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	5	r4es	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους	1	who are protected by the power of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God is protecting with his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	5	a4ab	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ πίστεως	1	through faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	5	ymh2	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God is protecting believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	1	5	gj5s	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for the time when God saves you, which is ready to be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	5	g4rb	figs-activepassive	ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1	that is ready to be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is ready to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	5	xsp2	figs-explicit	ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ	1		Here, **the last time** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when Jesus returns to the world to judge everyone and vindicate those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the last time, when Jesus returns and judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	6	p1ta	writing-pronouns	ἐν ᾧ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the “last time” referred to at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “About this last time” (2) everything described in [verses 3–5](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “In all of this that I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	1	6	hy8d	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	In this you greatly rejoice	**In** here introduces the reason why Peter’s readers rejoice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of this you greatly rejoice” or “Because of this you greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	1	6	dtvb	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary, and it is, to have been distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-1PE	1	6	a2bq	figs-activepassive	ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary for various trials to distress you a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	7	vvp1	figs-metaphor	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως…διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	so that the proof of your faith	Here Peter speaks of **faith** figuratively, as if it were gold that is refined by passing it through **fire**. He also uses **fire** figuratively to refer to the hardships that test how well believers trust in Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the genuineness of your faith … but being tested by hardships the way fire tests gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	7	ct3n	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως	1	the proof of your faith	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **genuineness** and **faith**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the fact that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	7	g1oe	figs-infostructure	ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου, εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν, ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “so that the genuineness of your faith might be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ; that faith is more precious than the perishing gold, but being tested by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	1	7	u63m	figs-explicit	ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	of your faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes. But, being tested by fire	In this clause Peter means that **faith** is more valuable than **gold** because faith lasts forever but gold does not, even if it is refined by someone passing it through **fire**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “of your faith, which is more precious than gold because even gold that is tested by fire can perish, but your faith will not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	7	a6q4	figs-activepassive	εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν	1	it might be found to result in praise, and glory, and honor	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might result in praise and glory and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	7	lewt	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the future **revelation of Jesus Christ**, when Jesus returns to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future revelation of Jesus Christ” or “when Jesus Christ reveals himself again in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	7	bkr9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	at the revealing of Jesus Christ	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the time when Jesus Christ is revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	8	eka3	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ	1	with joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory	Here, **inexpressible** and **filled with glory** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how great the joy is. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with joy so great that words cannot describe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	1	9	hw6y	figs-metaphor	κομιζόμενοι…σωτηρίαν	1	the salvation	Here Peter speaks figuratively of **salvation** as if it were an object that someone could receive. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiencing … the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	9	jkcb	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of you believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	9	j2qe	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	the salvation of your souls	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	9	uk4a	figs-synecdoche	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	the salvation of your souls	Here, **souls** refers to the individual Christians to whom Peter is writing this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “your salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	1	10	yyz4	figs-doublet	ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν	1	searched and inquired carefully	The phrases **searched** and **inquired carefully** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “examined very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	1	10	gmcy	figs-abstractnouns	ἧς σωτηρίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	10	wx95	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος	1		Here, **this grace** refers to **this salvation**, mentioned earlier in this verse. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God being gracious to you by saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	11	j917	figs-explicit	εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν	1		The word translated **whom** could also be translated “what.” In that case, “what” would refer to the time when salvation would take place and **what time** would then refer to the specific circumstances. However, most translations agree with the ULT’s use of **whom**. Alternate translation: “into what time or what circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	11	w3n8	figs-possession	τὸ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ	1	the Spirit of Christ	Peter is using the possessive form to describe the Holy Spirit as being **the Spirit** that is associated with **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, associated with Christ,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	1	11	hjq5		προμαρτυρόμενον	1		This could indicate: (1) the time when **the Spirit of Christ was revealing** information to the prophets. Alternate translation: “when testifying beforehand” (2) the means by which **the Spirit of Christ was revealing** information to the prophets. Alternate translation: “by means of testifying beforehand”
-1PE	1	11	x5x8	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **glories**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “about how Christ would suffer, and glorious things would happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	12	x4b1	figs-activepassive	οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη	1	It was revealed to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	12	hi9u	figs-activepassive	ἃ νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν, διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which those who proclaimed the gospel to you have now declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	12	c7jz	figs-explicit	Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the evangelists proclaimed the gospel to Peter’s readers. Peter uses **the Holy Spirit** here to refer specifically to the Holy Spirit’s work of giving those evangelists the ability or power to proclaim the gospel effectively. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit sent from heaven enabling them to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	12	yzqk	figs-activepassive	ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	12	lyzl	figs-explicit	εἰς ἃ	1		Here, **things** refers to what God had revealed to the prophets and some evangelists had proclaimed to Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into which things God revealed to the prophets and which were declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	12	xi4d	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι	1	into which things angels long to look	Peter uses **look** figuratively to refer to getting a clearer understanding of what God has revealed about salvation. This does not mean that the angels do not understand salvation at all. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things which angels desire to understand more clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	13	bjg9	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	So	**Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has written in [verses 1–12](../01/01.md). If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this concisely. Alternate translation: “Since all these things I have just written are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1PE	1	13	zvgh	figs-declarative	ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν, νήφοντες, τελείως ἐλπίσατε	1		The clauses **having girded up the loins of your mind** and **being sober** could indicate: (1) two commands in addition to the command to **hope fully** that occurs in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, hope fully” (2) two actions that are means by which Peter wants his readers to obey the command to **hope fully**. Alternate translation: “hope fully, by having girded up the loins of your mind and by being sober” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	1	13	u87y	figs-idiom	ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν	1	having girded the loins of your mind	Girding up **the loins** is an idiom that means to prepare to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one’s robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having prepared your minds for action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	1	13	i56f	figs-metaphor	νήφοντες	1		Here Peter uses **sober** figuratively to refer to mental clarity and alertness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	13	y771	figs-activepassive	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1	the grace that is being brought to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace God is bringing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	13	ut69	figs-metaphor	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1	the grace that is being brought to you	Here Peter speaks of **grace** as if it were an object that could be brought to people. If this might confuse you readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the grace God is giving to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	13	qk5s	figs-metonymy	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1		Here, **the grace** refers to salvation, as it also does in [verse 10](../01/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gracious salvation being brought to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	13	l45d	figs-possession	ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the revelation of Jesus Christ	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	1	14	opvh	figs-metaphor	ὡς τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1		Here Peter uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not express the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “Like children of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	14	n5wg	figs-possession	τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **children** who are characterized by **obedience**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “obedient” instead of the noun “obedience.” Alternate translation: “obedient children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	1	14	e4tb	figs-idiom	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις	1	not being conformed to your former desires	Here, **not being conformed to** is an idiom meaning “not letting one’s life be controlled by.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “not being controlled by your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	1	14	nepq	figs-declarative	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις	1		Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “do not be conformed to your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	1	14	j2wo	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when you were ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	15	edvw	figs-explicit	τὸν καλέσαντα ὑμᾶς	1		This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	15	mrbq	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in how you conduct yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	16	m1q7	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	For it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses was the author of the quotation that follows. Alternate translation: “Moses had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	16	e6el	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1		Here Peter uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Leviticus 11:44](../lev/11/44.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1PE	1	16	tt52	figs-declarative	ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε	1		Peter quotes God using a future statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “You must be holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	1	16	s8kz	figs-123person	ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος	1	You will be holy, because I am holy	In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because I, God, am holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-1PE	1	17	x0xl	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐπικαλεῖσθε	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because you call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-1PE	1	17	c53b	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀπροσωπολήμπτως κρίνοντα	1		This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who judges impartially” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	17	s6gv	figs-metaphor	τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον	1	conduct yourselves in fear during the time of your journey	Here Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land far away from their homes. Like people living away from home, so are Christians living away from their home in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “during the time that you are living away from your true home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	18	pcm5	figs-infostructure	οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ἀργυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you have been redeemed from your futile behavior handed down from your fathers, not with perishable things, with silver or with gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	1	18	q4pc	figs-activepassive	ἐλυτρώθητε	1	you have been redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	18	git3	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1		Here, **handed down** figuratively refers to one generation teaching **futile behavior** to another generation, as if that behavior were an object that could be passed by hand from one person to another. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your futile behavior taught to you by your fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	18	ctgm	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	18	b5qa	figs-activepassive	πατροπαραδότου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that your fathers handed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	19	s4jd	figs-metonymy	τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ	1	with the precious blood of Christ	Peter uses **the blood of Christ** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christ’s precious death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	19	gk6a	figs-simile	ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	as an unblemished and spotless lamb	Peter compares Jesus’ blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the people’s sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1PE	1	19	smu8	figs-doublet	ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	unblemished and spotless	The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	1	20	msw5	figs-activepassive	προεγνωσμένου	1	He has been chosen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having foreknown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	20	tnrv	figs-explicit	προεγνωσμένου	1		This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what Christ would do. Alternate translation: “having been planned previously” (2) God knew what Christ would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “having been known beforehand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	20	ky7a	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	before the foundation of the world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	20	dkk2	figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος	1	he has been revealed … for your sake	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having revealed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	20	pmf2	figs-explicit	φανερωθέντος	1		Here, **having been revealed** refers to the first time Jesus came to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “having been revealed when he came to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	20	kzi0	figs-explicit	ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων	1		Here, **the last of the times** refers to the final period of history which began when Jesus came to the earth for the first time. This period will end when Jesus returns to earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this final time period of history” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	21	lt5u	figs-idiom	τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	who has raised him from the dead	Here, to **raise him** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	1	21	f7mn	figs-abstractnouns	δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα	1	has given him glory	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has glorified him” or “has shown that he is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	21	k85r	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα, εἶναι εἰς Θεόν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **hope**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “you would believe and hope in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	22	hj14	figs-metaphor	τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες	1	Having purified	**Having purified** figuratively refers to being forgiven for sins. In the Bible, sin is often referred to as something that makes people dirty, and the forgiveness for sin is referred to as the removal of that dirt. God is the one who forgives sins and **purifies** those who believe in Jesus. However, here Peter is referring to his readers’ responsibility in their salvation, which is the responsibility to repent and believe that the gospel is true. Alternate translation: “Having made your souls spiritually pure” or “Having cleansed your souls from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	22	luj3	figs-synecdoche	τὰς ψυχὰς	1	Having purified your souls	See how you translated **souls** in [verse 9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	1	22	qyt5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	by obedience to the truth	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **truth**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by obeying what is true” or “by obeying the true information” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	22	iyze	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Here, **the truth** refers to the true teaching about Jesus, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	22	j777	figs-gendernotations	φιλαδελφίαν	1	brotherly love	Although **brotherly** is a masculine word, Peter is using the phrase **brotherly love** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	1	22	e9wr	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς	1	love one another earnestly from a pure heart	Peter uses **heart** here figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. The word **from** indicates that the **heart** must be the source of the **love** that Peter is telling his readers to have. Therefore, this phrase has a similar meaning to the word “sincere” in the previous clause. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly based on sincere thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	23	k79f	figs-metaphor	ἀναγεγεννημένοι	1		See how you translated **born again** in [verse 3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	23	w4v3	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς	1	having been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable	The word **seed** usually refers to either the seed of a plant or the sperm cell of a man, which is used to produce a baby. However, here Peter uses **seed** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) the **word of God** mentioned later in the verse. In this case, Peter is saying what the **word of God** is not. Alternate translation: “not by means of a human message that can perish” (2) physical human birth, in which case the meaning is similar to the idea expressed in [John 1:13](../jhn/01/13.md). Alternate translation: “not by means of mortal physical birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	23	nh9r	figs-ellipsis	ἀφθάρτου	1	from imperishable	Peter is leaving out a word that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “from imperishable seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	1	23	tjq9	figs-metonymy	λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος	1	through the living and enduring word of God	Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and was proclaimed to Peter’s readers by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s living and enduring message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	23	pkpl	figs-doublet	ζῶντος…καὶ μένοντος	1		Here, **living** and **enduring** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God’s word is permanent. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “perpetually enduring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	1	24	kyc5	writing-quotations	διότι	1		**For** here introduces a quotation of some phrases from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1PE	1	24	e299	figs-quotemarks	πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν,	1		In these clauses and the first clause of the next verse, Peter quotes parts of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	1	24	dr75	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	All flesh	Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to human beings in general, which are made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All humankind” or “Everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	24	zaa4	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς	1		Peter quotes Isaiah using **glory** figuratively to refer to whatever is beautiful or magnificent about humankind. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that is glorious about humankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	24	ysnb	figs-genericnoun	ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of **grass** and flowers in general, not of one particular blade of **grass** or one **flower**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “flowers of grass. Grass dried up, and flowers fell off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1PE	1	24	w0s8	figs-possession	ἄνθος χόρτου	1		Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form to describe the **flower** that grows in the **grass**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flower that grows in the grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	1	24	r0fd	figs-simile	ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος	1	All flesh is like grass … The grass dries up	In this clause the prophet Isaiah continues the comparison between humankind and **grass**. Just like **grass** dies quickly, so human beings only live a short time. If this would confuse your readers, you could express this meaning by repeating the simile language from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “Like the grass dries up, so do people die after a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1PE	1	24	hd2f	figs-simile	τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν	1	all its glory is like the flower of the grass … its flower falls off	In this clause the prophet Isaiah continues the comparison between the glory of humankind and flowers. Just like a **flower** dies and falls to the ground, so does the beauty of mankind disappear. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning by repeating the simile language from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “like the flower that fell off the plant, so does everything that is glorious about humankind come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1PE	1	25	lqjz	figs-quotemarks	τὸ δὲ ῥῆμα Κυρίου μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		This clause completes Peters quotation of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md) that began in the previous verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this ending by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	1	25	aba2	figs-metonymy	τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	25	pp62	figs-metonymy	τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα	1		Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	25	s11j	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν	1	the word that has been proclaimed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	intro	a121			0		# 1 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)<br>2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../eph/02/20.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sheep and shepherds<br><br>The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care of believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]])
-1PE	2	1	n3x5	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	**Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	2	1	inct	figs-declarative	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	2	1	g65y	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1	having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander	Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	1	r853	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	2	y6fv	figs-simile	ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε	1	As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk	The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1PE	2	2	rm71		ἐπιποθήσατε	1	long for	Alternate translation: “desire intensely” or “yearn for”
-1PE	2	2	fn81	figs-metaphor	τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα	1	pure spiritual milk	The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks figuratively of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s pure word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	2	ypy6	figs-metaphor	αὐξηθῆτε	1	you may grow up	Peter speaks figuratively of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	2	vg76	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	to salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until you are saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	2	wmw2	figs-explicit	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1		Here, **salvation** refers to when Jesus returns and God completes the **salvation** of his people. Peter also uses this meaning for **salvation** in [1:5](../01/05.md). See how you translated **salvation** there. Alternate translation: “until God saves you completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	3	uja9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you have tasted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-1PE	2	3	tui9	figs-metaphor	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1	if you have tasted that the Lord is kind	Peter uses **tasted** figuratively to refer to personally experiencing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	3	hruw	figs-quotemarks	ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος	1		This clause is a paraphrase of [Psalm 34:8](../psa/34/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	4	n5pm	figs-explicit	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι	1		Here, **coming** could indicate: (1) a factual statement, as in the UST. (2) a command, in which case “being built up” in the next verse would also be a command. Alternate translation: “Come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	4	apbp	writing-pronouns	πρὸς ὃν	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, who is called “Lord” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	2	4	c4lu	figs-metaphor	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα	1	coming to him, a living stone	Peter refers to Jesus figuratively as if he were a **stone** in a building. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “coming to him, who is like a living stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	4	ihq2	figs-personification	λίθον ζῶντα	1	him, a living stone	Peters speaks of a **stone** figuratively as if it were **living**. This could refer to: (1) a stone that is alive. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus is alive even though he had died. Alternate translation: “a stone that lives” (2) a stone that gives life. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus gives eternal life to everyone who believes in him. Alternate translation: “a stone that gives eternal life to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1PE	2	4	e8sy	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον	1	having been rejected by men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one that men have rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	4	euuz	figs-gendernotations	ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	2	4	a438	figs-activepassive	παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν	1	but chosen by God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	5	z11h	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	you, like living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house	Peter uses **stones** figuratively to refer to his readers, people who believe in Jesus. Just as people in the Old Testament used **stones** to build the temple that God dwelled in, God is using believers to bring together a group of people in whom he will dwell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, like stones that are put together and built into a house, are living stones that are being brought together into a spiritual community in which God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	5	g33x	figs-simile	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες	1	you, like living stones	Peters uses **stones** figuratively as if they were **living**. This emphasizes the fact that Peter’s readers have eternal life because they believe in Jesus. In this verse, **living** cannot mean to give life, because only God can give life. Alternate translation: “like stones that live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1PE	2	5	v3jw	figs-activepassive	οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is building up as a spiritual house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	5	e6dm	figs-explicit	οἰκοδομεῖσθε	1		Here, **are being built up** could indicate: (1) a factual statement, as in the UST. (2) a command, in which case “coming to him” in the previous verse would also be a command. Alternate translation: “be built up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	5	i4bn	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας	1	a holy priesthood to offer the spiritual sacrifices	Here Peter speaks of believers figuratively as if they were part of a **priesthood** and as if their good deeds and acts of worship were **sacrifices** offered to God. Just as the priests in the Old Testament offered sacrifices to God, so should believers do good deeds and worship God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a synonym. Alternate translation: “like the holy priesthood that offered sacrifices to God, so you are made into a group which does good spiritual deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	5	ekkp	grammar-collectivenouns	εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον	1		The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of holy priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-1PE	2	5	zf45	figs-explicit	πνευματικὰς θυσίας εὐπροσδέκτους	1		This could mean: (1) the **sacrifices** are of a spiritual, rather than physical, nature. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices of a spiritual nature that are acceptable” (2) the **sacrifices** are offered by the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices offered by the power of the Holy Spirit, which are acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	6	ibi1	figs-personification	περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ	1	it stands in scripture	Here the quotation of **scripture** that occurs next in the verse is spoken of as if it were a person who **stands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is written in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1PE	2	6	k1h0	writing-quotations	περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ	1		This phrase introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote in scripture stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1PE	2	6	wdwx	figs-quotemarks	ἰδοὺ, τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ.	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	6	q7jx	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Peter quotes Isaiah using **Behold** to call his readers to pay attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	6	skrt	figs-123person	τίθημι	1		In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, lay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-1PE	2	6	xsx8	figs-metaphor	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον	1	a cornerstone	Here God refers to the Messiah figuratively as if he were not only a **stone**, but even the most important **stone** in a building, the **cornerstone**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who is like the most important stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	6	klv2	figs-distinguish	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον	1	a cornerstone, chosen, precious	Here, **chosen** and **precious** show a distinction between this **cornerstone** and any other **cornerstone**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “a cornerstone that is chosen and precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1PE	2	6	lrxm	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1		The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. God uses them together to emphasize the truth of this statement. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1PE	2	7	ze1c	figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1		Here, **this honor** refers to the statement in the previous verse that people who believe in Jesus will “certainly not be ashamed.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this honor of never being ashamed is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	7	rdhk	figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1		The phrase translated **this honor** could also be translated as “precious,” in which case it would refer to the “cornerstone” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	7	sj13	figs-ellipsis	ἀπιστοῦσιν δὲ	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But to those who do not believe, God says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	2	7	hext	figs-quotemarks	λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:22](../psa/118/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	7	uu3j	figs-metaphor	λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The stone that was rejected by … has become the head of the corner	The author uses **stone** figuratively to refer to the Messiah, and he uses **builders** figuratively to refer to those who **rejected** Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The Messiah who was rejected just like builders reject a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	7	ql12	figs-metaphor	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	the head of the corner	This phrase has the same meaning as “cornerstone” in the previous verse. It refers to the most important stone in a building. Here it refers specifically to the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who is like a cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	8	k0dm	writing-quotations	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “and Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1PE	2	8	vxhb	figs-quotemarks	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	8	i72g	figs-metaphor	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking figuratively of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	8	ydkr	figs-possession	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form twice in this sentence to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling** and a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A stone that makes people stumble and a rock that makes people feel offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	2	8	ptx5	figs-parallelism	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1	A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense	These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that people will be offended by this **stone**. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will surely stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1PE	2	8	h7ta	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	stumble because they disobey the word	Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	2	8	d8ii	figs-metaphor	οἳ προσκόπτουσιν	1		Here, **stumble** could refer to: (1) being offended by the gospel, which is the meaning in the rest of this verse. Alternate translation: “They get offended” (2) being judged for rejecting the gospel. Alternate translation: “They are judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	8	h6sb	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἳ προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες	1		Here, **disobeying the word** indicates the reason why they **stumble**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They stumble because they disobey the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	2	8	mh48	figs-explicit	τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες	1		Here, **disobeying** refers to **disobeying** the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. Therefore, this **disobeying** means refusing to believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “refusing to believe the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	8	sm6s	figs-activepassive	εἰς ὃ καὶ ἐτέθησαν	1	to which also they were appointed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to which God also appointed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	8	uwg1	figs-explicit	εἰς ὃ	1		Here, **which** refers back to the previous part of this sentence. Those who do not believe in Jesus were appointed to stumble and disobey the word. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “To this, stumbling and disobeying the word,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	9	dc8m	figs-quotemarks	γένος ἐκλεκτόν, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ἔθνος ἅγιον, λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν	1		All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament. The phrase **a chosen people** is from [Isaiah 43:20](../isa/43/20.md), **a royal priesthood** and **a holy nation** are from [Exodus 19:6](../exo/19/06.md), and **a people for possession** is from [Isaiah 43:21](../isa/43/21.md). It may be helpful for your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	9	zla9	figs-activepassive	γένος ἐκλεκτόν	1	a chosen people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a family whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	9	g39z	figs-explicit	βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1	a royal priesthood	This could refer to: (1) members of a priesthood who are also members of the king’s family. Alternate translation: “a kingly priesthood” (2) a priesthood which serves the king. Alternate translation: “a priesthood which serves the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	9	m1f8	grammar-collectivenouns	βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1		The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of royal priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-1PE	2	9	qk7f	figs-abstractnouns	λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν	1	a people for possession	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **possession**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a people for God to possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	9	ra7z	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐκ σκότους ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος, εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	who called you from	This clause refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, who called you from darkness into his marvelous light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	9	nvf5	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	from darkness into his marvelous light	Here, **darkness** refers figuratively to the condition of people who do not know God and are sinful, and **light** refers figuratively to the condition of people who know God and are righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	10	pveb	figs-quotemarks	οὐ λαὸς…λαὸς Θεοῦ…οὐκ ἠλεημένοι…ἐλεηθέντες	1		All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament ([Hosea 1:6–10](../hos/01/06.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	11	jnr9			0	General Information:	Peter begins to tell his readers how to live Christian lives.
-1PE	2	11	ve9u	figs-doublet	παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους	1	foreigners and exiles	Here, **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Christians on this earth are far away from their home in heaven. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “true exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	2	11	x8af	figs-metaphor	παροίκους	1		Peter uses **foreigners** here figuratively to refer to his Christian readers. Just like a foreigner is not in his homeland, so are Christians not at home while living on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those living away from their home in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	11	hjuk	figs-metaphor	παρεπιδήμους	1	foreigners and exiles	See how you translated **exiles** in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	11	ubn9	figs-metonymy	ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν	1	to abstain from fleshly desires	Here, **fleshly** refers figuratively to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to abstain from satisfying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	2	11	q4zn	figs-personification	στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς	1	make war against your soul	Peter speaks of **fleshly desires** figuratively as if they were soldiers trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will destroy your spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1PE	2	11	x3q5	figs-genericnoun	τῆς ψυχῆς	1	your soul	Peter is referring to each individual Christian to whom he is writing this letter, not one particular **soul**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “your souls” or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1PE	2	12	uiwd	figs-declarative	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1		Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for command, starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Keep your behavior among the Gentiles good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	2	12	b5nv	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1	keeping your behavior among the Gentiles good	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “behaving well among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	12	nqql	figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Peter uses **Gentiles** here figuratively to refer to people who are not Christians. Just like a **Gentile** was not a member of the Jewish people, so people who are not Christians are not members of God’s people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “among those who do not believe in Jesus” or “among those who are not Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	12	mkt4		ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς	1	in whatever they speak about you as	Alternate translation: “with regard to what they slander you for as ” or “with respect to the very things that they slander you for as”
-1PE	2	12	w3yn	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες	1	from observing your good works	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they may observe the good things that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	12	s2ji	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς	1	in the day of visitation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **visitation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when he visits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	12	qspw	figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς	1		This phrase is an idiom that refers to the time when God will judge all people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day when he comes to judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	2	13	c484	figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν Κύριον	1	for the sake of the Lord	Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. This phrase could mean: (1) we should do this to follow the example of Jesus, who also obeyed human authorities. Alternate translation: “in order to follow the Lord’s example” (2) we should do this to honor Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	13	al6q		βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι	1	to the king as supreme	Alternate translation: “to the king as the highest human authority” or “to the king, who has supreme human authority”
-1PE	2	14	t0tc		ἡγεμόσιν ὡς δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις	1		Alternate translation: “to governors, who have been sent through him”
-1PE	2	14	y1l2	figs-activepassive	δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις	1	through him having been sent	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the king has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	14	dvmr	writing-pronouns	δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις	1		Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the king mentioned in the previous verse, as in the UST. (2) God, who is the one who installs and removes all governing authorities. Alternate translation: “those being sent by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	2	14	bxm9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἐκδίκησιν κακοποιῶν, ἔπαινον δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **punishment** and **praise**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to punish evildoers and praise those who do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	15	mh6s	figs-infostructure	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν	1	doing good to silence the ignorant talk of foolish people	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “to silence the ignorance of foolish people by doing good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	2	15	nzwv	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good to silence the ignorant things that foolish people are saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	16	zqe3	figs-ellipsis	ὡς ἐλεύθεροι	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. These words could be: (1) the command to submit to authorities stated in [verse 13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “submit as free people” (2) an implied imperative verb. Alternate translation: “act as free people” or “live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	2	16	y9pg	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐπικάλυμμα…τῆς κακίας	1	as a covering for wickedness	Here, **covering** could refer to: (1) something to prevent people from knowing about one’s evil deeds. Alternate translation: “as a way to prevent others from seeing your evil” (2) an excuse or pretext to do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “as an excuse to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	17	gwy8	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀδελφότητα	1	the brotherhood	Here, **brotherhood** refers to all Christian believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	18	w2nc			0	General Information:	Peter begins to speak specifically to people who were slaves who worked in people’s houses.
-1PE	2	18	xgk8	figs-doublet	τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν	1	the good and gentle	The words **good** and **gentle** mean similar things. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that such masters treat their servants very kindly. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to the very kind ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	2	18	mueb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς σκολιοῖς	1		Here, **crooked ones** is used figuratively to refer to people who act dishonestly or unjustly as if their morals were an object that could be bent or twisted. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dishonest ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	19	r1h1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…χάρις	1	this is praiseworthy	Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to finding **favor** with God, which is what he states in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this is deserving of God’s favor” or “this is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	19	zm8e	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1	because of awareness of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **consciousness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because one is aware of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	19	rjyf	figs-possession	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **consciousness** that is about or concerning **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of having consciousness about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	2	19	kje6	figs-explicit	Θεοῦ	1		Here, **God** refers to who **God** is and what he requires from his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of consciousness of who God is and what he requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	20	y5ue	figs-rquestion	ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε?	1	For what kind of credit is there if, sinning and being tormented, you will endure?	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this sentence as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “For there is no credit if, sinning and being beaten, you will endure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1PE	2	20	pr8b	figs-activepassive	κολαφιζόμενοι	1	sinning and being tormented	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone beats you” or “your master beats you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	20	ly9f	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀγαθοποιοῦντες καὶ πάσχοντες	1	doing good and suffering, you will endure	This could mean: (1) someone suffers even though that person did what is good. Alternate translation: “suffering despite doing good” (2) someone suffers because that person did what is good. Alternate translation: “suffering because of doing good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	2	20	qii1		τοῦτο χάρις παρὰ Θεῷ	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse.
-1PE	2	21	c1jn	figs-explicit	εἰς τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers back to what Peter stated at the end of the previous verse. Believers are called by God to endure suffering while doing what is good. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to endure suffering when you have done what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	21	xit1	figs-activepassive	εἰς τοῦτο…ἐκλήθητε	1	to this you were called	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	21	si3l	figs-metaphor	ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	for you so that you might follow in his footsteps	Peter uses **follow in his footsteps** figuratively to refer to following Jesus’ example about enduring suffering. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might imitate his behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	22	wii5	figs-quotemarks	ὃς ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1		This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:9](../isa/53/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	22	tyz4	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	neither was deceit found in his mouth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	22	cjai	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Peter quotes Isaiah referring to **deceit** figuratively as if it were an object that could be found inside someone’s mouth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither was deceit spoken out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	22	lw1u	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	neither was deceit found in his mouth	Peter quotes Isaiah figuratively describing something the Messiah would say by association with **his mouth**, which he would use to say something. In this case it is something the Messiah did not say. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “neither did he say something deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	2	23	lj4a	figs-activepassive	ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει	1	He, being reviled, did not revile back	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people reviled, did not revile them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	23	gqb5	figs-explicit	παρεδίδου…τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως	1		Here, **the one who judges justly** refers to God. This means that Jesus trusted God to punish those who reviled him or to prove that he was innocent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entrusted himself to God, who judges justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	24	k632	figs-rpronouns	ὃς τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνήνεγκεν	1	He himself	Peter uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that Jesus alone is the one who bore our sins. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus bore our sins” or “Jesus, that very person, bore our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1PE	2	24	w49m	figs-metaphor	τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν…ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον	1	carried our sins in his body to the tree	Peter uses **bore our sins** figuratively to refer to Jesus being punished for **our sins** as if **sins** were an object that he carried on **his body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	24	zl8e	figs-metonymy	τὸ ξύλον	1	the tree	Peter uses **tree** figuratively to refer to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	2	24	x7ni	figs-metaphor	ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι	1		Here, **having died to sins** is a metaphor that means to no longer be controlled by sin. Like a dead person is free from sinning because they are no longer alive, so believers are free to stop sinning because Jesus bore the punishment for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being no longer controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	24	fxej	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι	1		This clause refers to an event that occurs before the event in the next clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “after having died to sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-1PE	2	24	jaka	figs-exclusive	τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζήσωμεν	1		When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and other believers in Christ, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1PE	2	24	w69k	figs-quotemarks	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε	1		This clause is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:5](../isa/53/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	24	ep4s	figs-activepassive	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε	1	of whose wounds you were healed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has healed you by means of his wounds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	24	lx3n	figs-synecdoche	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι	1		Here, **wounds** figuratively refers to all the suffering Jesus endured when he was beaten and killed on the cross. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by whose suffering and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	2	24	n0l5	figs-metaphor	ἰάθητε	1		Here, **healed** could mean: (1) being freed from the penalty and power of sin, which could include physical healing. Alternate translation: “you were freed from the effects of sin” (2) being forgiven for their sins and having a restored relationship with God. Alternate translation: “you were forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	25	sgt9	figs-simile	ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι	1	you as sheep are being led astray	Peter speaks figuratively about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep that were wandering around aimlessly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were living aimlessly without knowing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1PE	2	25	jkfu	figs-activepassive	ἐπεστράφητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	25	i5lu	figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1	the shepherd and guardian of your souls	Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	25	z6q2	figs-synecdoche	τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	3	intro	cqf4			0		# 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.<br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
-1PE	3	1	p454			0	General Information:	In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives.
-1PE	3	1	wp5p	figs-metonymy	τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ	1	some are disobedient to the word	Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	1	kbis	figs-activepassive	κερδηθήσονται	1	they will be won	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	1	bs56	figs-idiom	κερδηθήσονται	1	they will be won	Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	3	1	qp4q	figs-ellipsis	ἄνευ λόγου	1	without a word	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	3	1	b56u	figs-metonymy	ἄνευ λόγου	1		Here, **word** refers to anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	2	rzrl	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποπτεύσαντες	1		This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	3	2	zft4	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	having seen your pure behavior with respect	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	2	ng3s	figs-explicit	τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	your pure behavior with respect	This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	3	p1bg	writing-pronouns	ὧν	1		Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	3	3	ysvn	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν…κόσμος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they way you adorn yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	4	oav8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1PE	3	4	m2n3	figs-metonymy	ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	4	l2yq	figs-possession	ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1	the inner person of the heart	Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	3	4	l1js	figs-possession	ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1		Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable thing** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which is a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	3	4	spi6	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1		Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean the opposite of loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	4	gbw9	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1	of a gentle and quiet spirit	Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and quiet attitude.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	4	j5bu	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές	1	which is precious before God	Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	5	dq60	figs-metaphor	ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς	1		Peter speaks figuratively of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something with which they **adorned themselves**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	5	jbuf		ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν	1		See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md).
-1PE	3	6	kpnl	translate-names	Σάρρα…τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1		**Sarah** is the name of a woman and **Abraham** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1PE	3	6	t3xl	figs-idiom	ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα	1	whose children you have become	Peter uses a Hebrew idiom here in which people are said to be the **children** of someone who has qualities similar to theirs. Women who believe and who act like Sarah acted are thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	3	6	v2so	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν	1		The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything at all. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1PE	3	7	lbc2			0	General Information:	In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands.
-1PE	3	7	uddn	figs-genericnoun	συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ	1		Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1PE	3	7	lulz	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ γνῶσιν	1	live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	7	eq1z	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει	1	as with a weaker container	Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	7	a88w	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	7	n4rf	figs-metaphor	συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	fellow heirs of the grace of life	Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	7	quba	figs-possession	χάριτος ζωῆς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift, namely, eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	3	7	dwm6	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν	1	so that your prayers will not be hindered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	8	nk97			0	General Information:	In [verses 8–12](../03/08.md) Peter writes instructions to all believers.
-1PE	3	8	f5y7		ὁμόφρονες	1	be likeminded	Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be”
-1PE	3	8	tzgc	figs-gendernotations	φιλάδελφοι	1		Although **brothers** is masculine, Peter is using the phrase **loving as brothers** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loving as fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	3	9	z5u3	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας	1	Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult	Peter uses **paying back** figuratively to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insulting someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	9	t6il	figs-ellipsis	εὐλογοῦντες	1	blessing	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “blessing those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	3	9	w5df	figs-activepassive	εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε	1	to this you were called	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	9	wx2r	figs-explicit	εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	9	n3xc	figs-metaphor	ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε	1	so that you might inherit a blessing	Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	10	dpf2	writing-quotations	γὰρ	1		**For** here introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1PE	3	10	tce3	figs-quotemarks	ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω	1		From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	3	10	p9bl	figs-parallelism	ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to love life and to see good days	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1PE	3	10	btkp	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to see good days	Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	10	rqa9	figs-synecdoche	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1	his tongue … his lips	Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively to refer to the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	3	10	y4kd	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from saying evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	11	n5sr	figs-metaphor	ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ	1	let him turn away from evil	Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	11	fu8e	figs-doublet	ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν	1		The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	3	11	qhyg	figs-explicit	ζητησάτω εἰρήνην	1		Here, **peace** refers to peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	12	yn5l	figs-idiom	ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους	1	the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous	Here, **eyes** being **on** someone is an idiom that refers to God acting favorably toward someone by taking care of that person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord lovingly takes care of the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	3	12	r5xf	figs-idiom	ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	his ears are upon their requests	Here, **ears** being **toward** someone’s **request** is an idiom that refers to God listening to that person’s request. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord listens to their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	3	12	tytz	figs-explicit	ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	his ears are upon their requests	The idea that the Lord listens to the requests of righteous people also implies that he responds to those requests. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he listens to and grants their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	12	p2vi	figs-genericnoun	δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	his ears are upon their requests	Here, **request** refers to requests in general, not to one particular **request**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1PE	3	12	es9n	figs-synecdoche	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	But the face of the Lord is against	Here, **face** refers figuratively to the Lord himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the Lord is against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	3	12	t22b	figs-idiom	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	But the face of the Lord is against	Here, **the face** being **against** someone is an idiom that refers to one person opposing another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	3	12	gw7w	figs-quotemarks	ποιοῦντας κακά	1		After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	3	13	wkw4			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when unbelievers persecute them.
-1PE	3	13	e1ma	figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε?	1	who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good?	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they did good things. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you become zealous ones of the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1PE	3	13	e8li	figs-possession	τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe people who are **zealous** about doing **good** deeds. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “ones zealous to do good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	3	14	f6ch	figs-abstractnouns	πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	you suffer because of righteousness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you might suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	14	xg3m	figs-activepassive	μακάριοι	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cause you to be blessed ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	14	j8ds	figs-quotemarks	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:12](../isa/08/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	3	14	f9u8	figs-parallelism	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1	But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled	These two phrases mean the same thing. Peter states the same idea twice in order to emphasize that believers should not be afraid of people who persecute them. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “But you should not fear at all what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1PE	3	14	yz6y	figs-possession	τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε	1	their fear	This could refer to: (1) the fear that unbelievers have. Alternate translation: “you should not fear what they fear” or “you should not fear the same things that they fear” (2) the fear that righteous people have for unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you should not fear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	3	15	vgv7	figs-metaphor	Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts	Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** figuratively to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	15	qjg3	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	15	d69e	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς ἀπολογίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	15	q8i1	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον	1		Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	15	w3xw	figs-metaphor	περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος	1		Peter speaks of **hope** figuratively as if it were something that could be inside a person. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	16	hzya	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	16	ctk3	figs-abstractnouns	συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν	1		This phrase implies not doing anything sinful that would cause a person to not have a **good conscience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “doing nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	16	wrk5	figs-infostructure	ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καταλαλεῖσθε, καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “so that the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ may be ashamed about why you are being slandered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	3	16	s7mb	figs-activepassive	καταλαλεῖσθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people are slandering you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	16	qflw	figs-explicit	ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1		Here, **in Christ** refers to being a Christian. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your good behavior as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	16	dvwr	figs-activepassive	καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	17	bt09	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας…κακοποιοῦντας	1		These two phrases indicate two different reasons for suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of doing good … because of doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	3	17	x8qu	figs-metonymy	εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **the will of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	18	me4u	figs-explicit	περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν	1		Here, **sins** implies the **sins** of people other than Jesus, because Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	18	q9fa	figs-activepassive	θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ	1	having been put to death in the flesh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	18	j5lh	figs-metonymy	θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ	1	having been put to death in the flesh	Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	18	h6v4	figs-activepassive	ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι	1	having been made alive in the spirit	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	18	n7nh	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι	1	in the spirit	Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made alive spiritually” or “having been made alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	19	hp82	figs-explicit	ἐν ᾧ	1	in which	Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	19	ewuu	figs-ellipsis	ἐκήρυξεν	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death, which he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. This interpretation is less likely to be correct, because it would mean that Noah was actually the one preaching and Peter does not mention Noah preaching or Jesus’ pre-incarnate existence anywhere in this letter. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	3	19	ez3d	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν	1	to the spirits in prison	Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls,” as in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	19	zpyr	figs-metaphor	ἐν φυλακῇ	1		Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	20	qxah	figs-ellipsis	ἀπειθήσασίν	1	when the patience of God was waiting	Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	3	20	s7qm	figs-metonymy	ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία	1	the patience of God	Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	20	yyth	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε	1		Here Peter uses **days of Noah** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	20	c6mi	figs-activepassive	κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ	1	in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	3	21	dqjy	writing-pronouns	ὃ	1		Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	3	21	vxoh	figs-infostructure	ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	3	21	tz6l	figs-explicit	ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα	1		Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, now saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	21	ium3	figs-metonymy	βάπτισμα	1		Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that believers profess when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not by any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). See the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	21	owi3	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	21	hmp9	figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1		Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body that is made of **flesh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	21	uz0u	figs-explicit	συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1		Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	21	jti3	figs-infostructure	καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ,	1	through the resurrection of Jesus Christ	Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which the faith demonstrated by baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism now saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	3	21	rixf	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	22	p5ij	figs-infostructure	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1		The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the event in the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	3	22	g4qh	figs-metonymy	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1	who is at the right hand of God	Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	22	ldrw	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1		In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	22	q72i	figs-doublet	ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1		The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	3	22	f6jq	figs-activepassive	ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1	after … had been subjected to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	4	intro	zh5n			0		# 1 Peter 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br>2. How believers should act because the end is near (4:7–11)<br>3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>Although the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>In [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he were telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands, like the UST does.
-1PE	4	1	b8d4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1PE	4	1	ess6	figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ	1	in the flesh	Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	4	1	p2rv	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε	1	arm yourselves with the same intention	Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	1	yxs5	figs-explicit	τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν	1		Here Peter uses **the same way of thinking** to refer to Jesus’ **way of thinking** when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had when he suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	1	d66g	figs-explicit	πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας	1	has ceased from sin	Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	2	tjdq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς	1		Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	4	2	d49a	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον	1		Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	4	2	fsvk	figs-explicit	ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις	1		Here, **desires** refers specifically to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	2	gbb6	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις	1	for the desires of men	Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	4	3	anhj		ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος	1		Alternate translation: “enough time has passed”
-1PE	4	3	efte	figs-metaphor	τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	3	rp5p	figs-metaphor	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	3	lm35	figs-abstractnouns	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshiping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	4	4	c4ma	figs-metaphor	μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1		Peter uses **running into** figuratively to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	4	q6k6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1	outpouring of their reckless behavior	Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if sin were pouring out of the person like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	4	w1d8	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀσωτίας	1	of their reckless behavior	The word **recklessness** refers to dangerous behavior that shows that a person does not care about the consequences of his actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of careless sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	5	datm	figs-metaphor	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1		Here Peter uses **give** figuratively to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	5	r288	figs-metonymy	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1		Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	4	5	xw39	figs-explicit	τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι	1	to the one who is ready to judge	Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	5	dx7v	figs-merism	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-1PE	4	6	u54m	figs-explicit	καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη	1	the gospel was preached also to the dead	Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before Jesus himself died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../heb/09/27.md) that “men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment.” The Bible does not state that God gave anyone a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	6	ql11	figs-activepassive	εὐηγγελίσθη	1	the gospel was preached	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	4	6	hsg6	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	4	6	gm1m	figs-gendernotations	κατὰ ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	4	6	s72f	figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	4	6	encm	figs-explicit	ζῶσι	1		Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	6	h154	figs-explicit	ζῶσι…πνεύματι	1		Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	7	e445	figs-explicit	πάντων…τὸ τέλος	1	the end of all things	Here, **the end of all things** refers to the end of the world, when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world, when Jesus returns,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	7	qs1t	figs-metaphor	ἤγγικεν	1	has come near	Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	7	ubd4	figs-doublet	σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε	1	be of sound mind, and be sober	The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	4	7	k5hh	figs-metaphor	νήψατε	1	be sober	See how you translated **sober** in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	7	qb4j	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς προσευχάς	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers to think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	4	8	f1lr	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν	1	for love covers a multitude of sins	Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up, and he describes **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause, **covers up**, means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins committed against them by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	9	g3vw	figs-explicit	φιλόξενοι	1	hospitable	The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “be those who provide food and a sleeping place” or “be those who provide room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	9	rzbi	figs-litotes	ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ	1		Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-1PE	4	10	xvj3	figs-explicit	ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα	1	Just as each one has received a gift	Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	10	a30t	figs-metaphor	ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to Christians using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if they were managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing well the diverse grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	10	smyw	figs-possession	ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse, gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	4	11	b81x	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	4	11	vs2d	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	4	11	ir6x	figs-activepassive	δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς	1	so that in all God may be glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	4	11	wq9e	figs-abstractnouns	ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1	may be glorified	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	4	12	vw9s	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει	1	the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you	Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	13	mhj1	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	at the revealing of his glory	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you can express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	4	13	b63p	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	13	rgb5	figs-doublet	χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι	1	you may rejoice, being full of joy	The words **rejoice** and **glad** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you may rejoice even more” or “you may be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	4	14	kswc	figs-activepassive	εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε	1	If you are reviled for the name of Christ	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	4	14	i6ul	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ	1	If you are reviled for the name of Christ	Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	4	14	wbm3	figs-activepassive	μακάριοι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	4	14	i1kq	figs-explicit	τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit of glory and of God	Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	14	nx6p	figs-idiom	ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται	1	is resting on you	Here, **rests on you** is an idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	4	15	qzlb	figs-abstractnouns	ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer**, and **meddler**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	4	15	nr6n	translate-unknown	ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος	1	a meddler	Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1PE	4	16	xb0e	figs-123person	μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν	1		Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you could use the second person, as the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-1PE	4	16	xm8z	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	in this name	Here, **this name** refers to the title “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name ‘Christian’” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	17	nawr	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	4	17	x9np	figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the household of God	Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	17	v74q	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	the household of God	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	4	17	phx3	figs-exclusive	ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	the household of God	When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1PE	4	17	c8ke	figs-rquestion	τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ?	1	but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God?	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for those who believe it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1PE	4	17	e5fn	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God?	Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	17	z9zc	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀπειθούντων	1	what will be the end of those disobeying	Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	17	l3db	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	of those disobeying the gospel of God	Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	4	18	re8y	writing-quotations	καὶ	1	If with difficulty the righteous are being saved	**And** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../pro/11/31)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1PE	4	18	f7kx	figs-quotemarks	εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται?	1	If with difficulty the righteous are being saved	This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 11:31](../pro/11/31). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	4	18	t762	figs-activepassive	εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται	1	If with difficulty the righteous are being saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	4	18	i6nz	figs-genericnoun	ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς	1	If with difficulty the righteous are being saved	Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, and not of specific, individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1PE	4	18	w8ke	figs-rquestion	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται?	1	where will the ungodly and the sinner appear?	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1PE	4	18	ms54	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται	1	where will the ungodly and the sinner appear	Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	4	18	wb4v	figs-doublet	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	4	19	qm3u	figs-synecdoche	τὰς ψυχὰς	1		See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	4	19	g1r6		ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ	1		Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds”
-1PE	5	intro	a6d9			0		# 1 Peter 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should interact with one another (5:1–11)<br>2. Conclusion (5:12–14)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>Other animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. In other places in Scripture, the authors use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars believe that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	1	s8fr			0	General Information:	In [verses 1–4](../05/01.md) Peter speaks directly to men who are leaders in the churches.
-1PE	5	1	m4xr	figs-explicit	πρεσβυτέρους…ὁ συνπρεσβύτερος	1		In [verses 1–5](../05/01.md) the words **elder** and **elders** refer specifically to church leaders, who were often older men. Here these words do not refer to old men in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fellow church leader … the church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	1	n3em	figs-abstractnouns	μάρτυς τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθημάτων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **witness** and **sufferings**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who has witnessed Christ suffer in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	1	a6ve	figs-activepassive	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the glory that God is about to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	5	1	wead	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the glorious nature of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	1	yb3l	figs-explicit	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	The phrase **the glory that is about to be revealed** refers to Christ’s glorious return to earth in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the glory that is about to be revealed when Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	2	f63v	figs-metaphor	ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Shepherd the flock of God	Here Peter uses **Shepherd** figuratively to refer to leading and taking care of believers, and he uses **flock** figuratively to refer to those believers. Elders who lead assemblies of believers should take care of those believers like shepherds take care of their sheep. Since the shepherd and sheep metaphors are important metaphors in the Bible, you should keep the metaphors in your translation or use similes. Alternate translation: “Take care of God’s people as if they were a flock of sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	2	dvai	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **oversight** and **compulsion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “supervising—not because you must do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	2	zfei	figs-ellipsis	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “exercising oversight over them—not doing this under compulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	5	2	k4dk	figs-doublet	μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς, ἀλλὰ ἑκουσίως	1		The phrases **not under compulsion** and **willingly** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to voluntarily take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete willingness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	5	2	cp7u	figs-explicit	κατὰ Θεόν	1		This phrase refers to acting according to God’s will or requirements. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to God’s will” or “as God wants you to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	2	c6qf	figs-doublet	μηδὲ αἰσχροκερδῶς, ἀλλὰ προθύμως	1		The phrases **not greedily** and **eagerly** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to eagerly take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete eagerness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	5	3	lta9	figs-metaphor	ὡς κατακυριεύοντες	1	And not as lording it over those who are allotted to you, but be examples	Here Peter uses **lording it over** figuratively to refer to acting toward people in a harsh and controlling manner, as if someone were a harsh master who abuses his servants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “harshly controlling” or “acting like harsh masters over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	3	xwr3	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν κλήρων	1	those who are allotted to you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **portion**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are assigned to you” or “those whom God has apportioned to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	3	n485	figs-possession	τύποι γινόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου	1	those who are allotted to you	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **examples** that are for **the flock**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being examples for the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	5	3	vg31	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ποιμνίου	1		See how you translated **flock** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	4	oz14	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	**And** here indicates that what follows is the result of obeying the commands that Peter gave in [verses 2–3](../05/02.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result of doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	5	4	pfjr	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	**Chief Shepherd** is a title for Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	4	td11	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	Here Peter speaks of Jesus figuratively as if he were a **shepherd** who has authority over all the leaders of the assemblies of believers. Peter told those leaders to shepherd their flocks in [verse 2](../05/02.md). Since **Chief Shepherd** is an important title for Jesus that connects to some prophecies about the Messiah in the Old Testament, you should keep the metaphor in your translation or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a lead shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	4	qlek	figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the Chief Shepherd appears” or “when God reveals the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	5	4	ll4r	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης στέφανον	1	the unfading crown of glory	Here,**crown** refers to a symbol of victory. It does not refer to the type of **crown** that kings wear. In ancient times an athlete would receive this **crown** as a reward for winning a competition. Those crowns were often made of leaves or flowers that would fade. Unlike those victory crowns, the reward that God gives will be **unfading**, which means that it will last forever. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a glorious reward that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	4	c6h3	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης στέφανον	1	crown of glory	This could refer to: (1) a **crown** that is characterized by **glory**. Alternate translation: “glorious crown” (2) a **crown** that is the **glory** referred to in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “crown, that is, glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	5	5	qm2h			0	General Information:	In this verse Peter first instructs younger men specifically and then continues to instruct all of the believers.
-1PE	5	5	z13n	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάγητε	1	all of you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	5	5	bjt6	figs-explicit	πρεσβυτέροις	1	all of you	See how you translated **elders** in [verse 1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	5	uh4n	figs-explicit	πάντες	1	all of you	Here, **everyone** refers to all the believers to whom Peter is writing this letter, and not to all people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “every one of you believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	5	r6s6	figs-metaphor	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε	1	clothe yourselves with humility	Peter speaks of **humility** figuratively as if it were a piece of clothing that a person could put on. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act with humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	5	jr8h	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην	1	clothe yourselves with humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with humble actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	5	v49g	writing-quotations	ὅτι	1	clothe yourselves with humility	Here, **for** introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is as Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1PE	5	5	r4gv	figs-quotemarks	ὁ Θεὸς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν	1	clothe yourselves with humility	This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	5	5	xgeg	figs-abstractnouns	δίδωσιν χάριν	1	clothe yourselves with humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “acts graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	6	bie6	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	under the mighty hand of God	Peter uses **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s power to save humble people and punish proud people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under God’s great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	5	6	qwn9	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς ὑψώσῃ	1	under the mighty hand of God	Peter is using a spatial metaphor to describe God honoring someone as if God would **lift** that person **up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God may show honor to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	7	c1uu	figs-metaphor	πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	having cast all your anxiety on him	Here Peter speaks of **anxiety** figuratively as if it were a heavy burden that a person can take off of his back and **cast** onto God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “trusting him with everything that worries you” or “letting him take care of all the things that trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	8	wbb5	figs-doublet	νήψατε, γρηγορήσατε	1	Be sober	The words translated as **sober** and **watchful** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize that believers need to be alert since the devil wants to destroy them. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be completely alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	5	8	k9nt	figs-metaphor	νήψατε	1	Be sober	See how you translated **sober** in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	8	tl7i	figs-simile	ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν	1	the devil, is walking around like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour	Peter speaks of **the devil** figuratively as if he were a **roaring lion** who wants to **devour** people. Just as a hungry lion devours its prey, the devil is **seeking** to destroy the faith of believers. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is trying to find ways to destroy the faith of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1PE	5	9	v4t5	figs-ellipsis	στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “being firm in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	5	9	vwtc	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		Here, **the faith** could refer to: (1) a person’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “in the faith that you have” (2) the Christian faith in general. Alternate translation: “in the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	9	tusy	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sufferings**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people are suffering in the same ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	9	uk06	figs-activepassive	τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the same kind of sufferings are occurring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	5	9	v451	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι	1	your brotherhhood	See how you translated **brotherhood** in [2:17](../02/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	9	i4ur		ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Alternate translation: “in various places throughout the world”
-1PE	5	10	fxfg	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος, ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ, ὀλίγον παθόντας	1	the God of all grace	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “But after having suffered for a little while, the God of all grace, the one who has called you to his eternal glory in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	5	10	p648	figs-possession	ὁ…Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος	1	the God of all grace	**God of all grace** could mean: (1) God is always gracious. Alternate translation: “the God who is always gracious” (2) God always give gracious gifts, as mentioned in [4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “the God who gives all gracious gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	5	10	wpzj	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν	1	the God of all grace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to his glorious presence forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	10	ns1v	figs-explicit	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the God of all grace	Here, **in Christ** refers to being united with Christ through faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	10	suu9		ὀλίγον	1	for a little while	Alternate translation: “for a short time”
-1PE	5	10	gnvs	figs-doublet	αὐτὸς καταρτίσει, στηρίξει, σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει	1	for a little while	Here, **confirm**, **strengthen**, and **establish** all mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God will fully strengthen people who suffer because they trust in Jesus. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “will himself restore and thoroughly strengthen in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	5	11	u6h1	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ τὸ κράτος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May he rule powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	12	an6q	figs-explicit	διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν τοῦ πιστοῦ ἀδελφοῦ (ὡς λογίζομαι), δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα	1	Through Silvanus … I wrote to you briefly	**Through Silvanus** means that Silvanus wrote down the words that Peter told him to write in this letter. In ancient times it was common for people to use scribes to write down letters for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I wrote to you briefly by means of Silvanus, the faithful brother, as I regard him, who wrote down what I told him to write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	12	dhvh	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοῦ	1	Through Silvanus … I wrote to you briefly	Although **brother** is masculine and Silvanus is a man, here Peter is using **brother** in a generic sense to refer to another believer. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	5	12	ca38	writing-pronouns	ταύτην	1	this is the true grace of God	Here, **this** refers back to what Peter has written in this letter, especially the gospel message that the letter contains. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have written to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	5	12	g1t6	figs-metonymy	ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	this is the true grace of God	Here the word **grace** refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this letter I have written contains God’s true and gracious message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	5	12	cssm	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Stand in it	Peter uses **Stand** figuratively to refer to being strongly committed to something as if someone is standing firmly in one place and refusing to move. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	12	nm72	writing-pronouns	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Stand in it	Here, **it** refers to **the true grace of God** mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Stand in this true grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	5	13	muq7	writing-symlanguage	ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτὴ	1	She who is in Babylon	**She** and **fellow-elect one** here both refer to the group of believers who were with Peter when he wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This group of believers in Babylon, who are fellow-elect ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-1PE	5	13	pzpw	writing-symlanguage	ἐν Βαβυλῶνι	1		Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) the city of Rome. Alternate translation: “in Rome, which is like Babylon” (2) the city of Babylon, as it appears in the ULT. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-1PE	5	13	rpf5	figs-activepassive	συνεκλεκτὴ	1	chosen together with you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	5	13	kc8s		ἀσπάζεται	1	chosen together with you	As was customary in this culture, Peter concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered by” or “says hello to”
-1PE	5	13	ws2x	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου	1	my son	Peter refers to Mark figuratively as if he were his **son**, because he taught him about Christianity and loved him like a **son**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is like my son” or “my spiritual son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	13	d9hx	translate-names	Μᾶρκος	1		**Mark** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1PE	5	14	jqd8	figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1		**Greet** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1PE	5	14	fc7b	translate-symaction	ἐν φιλήματι ἀγάπης	1	a kiss of love	A **kiss** was an action that expressed Christian affection in this culture. It showed the unity of those who belong to Christ. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “with a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-1PE	5	14	i08w	translate-blessing	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν πᾶσιν, τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ	1		As was customary in his culture, Peter closes his letter with a blessing for his readers. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May all you who are in Christ experience peace within yourselves” or “I pray that you all who are in Christ will have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-1PE	5	14	u70z	figs-explicit	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	a kiss of love	See how you translated **in Christ** in [verse 10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

tn_1PE.tsv

@@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
+Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
+front:intro	c1uv				0	# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n\n1. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)\n\n    * Praise to God for saving the believers (1:3–12)\n    * Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n    * Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n\n1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)\n\n    * How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n    * How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n    * How believers should act because the end is near (4:7–11)\n\n1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n\n    * How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n    * How believers should interact with one another (5:1–11)\n\n1. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle, and he also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they were suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus would return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to people in authority over them.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter, ” or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except in two places: [1:16](../01/16.md) and [2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. Sometimes it refers to a specific group of people within Peter’s audience, such as wives, husbands, church leaders, or other groups. These groups are indicated in the notes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 1 Peter?\n\n“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1:intro	ql4i				0	# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise to God for saving the believers (1:3–12)\n3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n4. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at that time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were because they had faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy ([1:15](../01/15.md)). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are also glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1:5](../01/05.md))
+1:1	g6b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	Πέτρος	1	In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Peter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+1:1	p0pd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Πέτρος	1	**Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 1 Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+1:1	h6om		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	This phrase gives further information about Simon Peter. He describes himself as being someone given the position and authority of being Christ’s apostle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1:1	owrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις	1	In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then state to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you elect exiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+1:1	g3n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **elect** and **dispersion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those whom God has elected and exiled among those whom God has dispersed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:1	u3zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	When Peter calls his readers **exiles**, he could mean: (1) they are **exiles** because they are far away from their true home in heaven. Alternate translation: “to the elect exiles of the dispersion who are far from their home in heaven” (2) they are **exiles** because they were forced to leave their homes and go far away to Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia. Alternate translation: “to you elect exiles of the dispersion who are far away from your homes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:1	bg47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διασπορᾶς	1	Here, **dispersion** could refer to: (1) groups of Gentile Christians who were spread throughout the world instead of in their true home in heaven. In this case, **dispersion** would have a similar meaning to **exiles** and would add emphasis. Alternate translation: “among those dispersed outside of their true home in heaven” (2) the groups of Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel, which is the common technical meaning for this word. Alternate translation: “among the dispersed Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:1	qkl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Πόντου, Γαλατίας, Καππαδοκίας, Ἀσίας, καὶ Βιθυνίας	1	**Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia** are names of Roman provinces that were located in what is now the country of Turkey. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+1:2	ba1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foreknowledge**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “what God the Father foreknew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:2	lcps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός	1	This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father planned previously” (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:2	z59t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+1:2	huw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sanctification**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the Spirit sanctifying you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:2	sfrr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος	1	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **sanctification** that is produced by the Holy **Spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the Spirit causing you to be sanctified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1:2	ukos		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς ὑπακοὴν καὶ ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Here, **obedience** could refer to: (1) obeying God. Alternate translation: “for obedience of God and the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ” (2) obeying Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “for obedience of Jesus Christ and the sprinkling of his blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:2	oiuz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obedience**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “for you to obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:2	j96u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1	Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which the Holy Spirit sanctifies believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of obedience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+1:2	rwkk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Peter uses **sprinkling** figuratively to refer to believers being in a covenant relationship with God. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel in [Exodus 24:1–11](../exo/24/01.md) to symbolize that they were joining in a covenant relationship with God, believers are joined in a covenant relationship with God by means of Jesus’ death. Moses also sprinkled blood on the priests to set them apart to serve God as priests ([Leviticus 8:30](../lev/08/30.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the covenant between believers and God established by the blood of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:2	i9kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Here, **blood** refers figuratively to the death of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the blood, the symbol of the death of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1:2	k547		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
+1:2	iam1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:2	z7df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	Peter speaks of **grace** and **peace** figuratively as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May grace and peace increase in your lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:2	gj71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May God multiply grace and peace to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:3	y6aq			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nPeter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. [Verses 3–5](../01/03.md) are one sentence, but you may need to divide them into shorter sentences in your language.
+1:3	l4vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	εὐλογητὸς	1	Peter is using a statement to give an exhortation. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for exhortation. Alternate translation: “Let us bless” or “Let us praise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+1:3	z6wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+1:3	cyf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν & ἡμᾶς	1	The words **our** and **us** are inclusive. They refer to Peter and those believers to whom he is writing. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+1:3	ib1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	Peter is using the possessive form to describe Jesus as the **Lord** who rules over those who believe in him. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the person who is lord over us,” or “of the person who rules over us,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1:3	mdvi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to his great merciful character” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:3	c92y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς	1	The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation and include an explanation if necessary. Alternate translation: “has caused us to be spiritually reborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:3	cbxb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν, δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	The clause **into a living hope** is parallel to “into an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” in the next verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse in order to show that parallel structure. Alternate translation: “who has caused us to be born again through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from dead ones into a living hope” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+1:3	qe1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1	Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a living hope” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+1:3	kngt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1	Peter uses **living** figuratively to describe **hope** that is certain and will not lead to disappointment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into a hope that will not disappoint you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:3	lh0r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through Jesus Christ being resurrected from among dead ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:4	v9jq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a second purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. This clause states what the “living hope” in the previous verse is. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+1:4	b2zy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **inheritance**, you can express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “into what we will inherit that is imperishable and undefiled and unfading” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:4	cy1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	Peter uses **inheritance** figuratively to refer to what we will receive in heaven. This could refer to: (1) The promise of God that we will live forever with him. Alternate translation: “a sure and unfailing promise the we will live forever with God” (2) future blessings in heaven after this life. Alternate translation: “imperishable and undefiled and unfading blessings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:4	z6w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God has kept in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:5	r4es		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God is protecting with his power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:5	a4ab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ πίστεως	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:5	ymh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God is protecting believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+1:5	gj5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for the time when God saves you, which is ready to be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:5	g4rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is ready to reveal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:5	xsp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ	1	Here, **the last time** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when Jesus returns to the world to judge everyone and vindicate those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the last time, when Jesus returns and judges everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:6	p1ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν ᾧ	1	Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the “last time” referred to at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “About this last time” (2) everything described in [verses 3–5](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “In all of this that I have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+1:6	hy8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	**In** here introduces the reason why Peter’s readers rejoice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of this you greatly rejoice” or “Because of this you greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1:6	dtvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες	1	Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary, and it is, to have been distressed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+1:6	a2bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary for various trials to distress you a little while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:7	vvp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως & διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	Here Peter speaks of **faith** figuratively, as if it were gold that is refined by passing it through **fire**. He also uses **fire** figuratively to refer to the hardships that test how well believers trust in Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the genuineness of your faith … but being tested by hardships the way fire tests gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:7	ct3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **genuineness** and **faith**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the fact that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:7	g1oe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου, εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν, ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “so that the genuineness of your faith might be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ; that faith is more precious than the perishing gold, but being tested by fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+1:7	u63m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	In this clause Peter means that **faith** is more valuable than **gold** because faith lasts forever but gold does not, even if it is refined by someone passing it through **fire**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “of your faith, which is more precious than gold because even gold that is tested by fire can perish, but your faith will not perish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:7	a6q4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might result in praise and glory and honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:7	lewt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the future **revelation of Jesus Christ**, when Jesus returns to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future revelation of Jesus Christ” or “when Jesus Christ reveals himself again in the future” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:7	bkr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the time when Jesus Christ is revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:8	eka3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ	1	Here, **inexpressible** and **filled with glory** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how great the joy is. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with joy so great that words cannot describe it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1:9	hw6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κομιζόμενοι & σωτηρίαν	1	Here Peter speaks figuratively of **salvation** as if it were an object that someone could receive. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiencing … the salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:9	jkcb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of you believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:9	j2qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving your souls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:9	uk4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	Here, **souls** refers to the individual Christians to whom Peter is writing this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “your salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1:10	yyz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν	1	The phrases **searched** and **inquired carefully** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “examined very carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1:10	gmcy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἧς σωτηρίας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:10	wx95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος	1	Here, **this grace** refers to **this salvation**, mentioned earlier in this verse. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God being gracious to you by saving you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:11	j917		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν	1	The word translated **whom** could also be translated “what.” In that case, “what” would refer to the time when salvation would take place and **what time** would then refer to the specific circumstances. However, most translations agree with the ULT’s use of **whom**. Alternate translation: “into what time or what circumstances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:11	w3n8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ & Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ	1	Peter is using the possessive form to describe the Holy Spirit as being **the Spirit** that is associated with **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, associated with Christ,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1:11	hjq5			προμαρτυρόμενον	1	This could indicate: (1) the time when **the Spirit of Christ was revealing** information to the prophets. Alternate translation: “when testifying beforehand” (2) the means by which **the Spirit of Christ was revealing** information to the prophets. Alternate translation: “by means of testifying beforehand”
+1:11	x5x8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **glories**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “about how Christ would suffer, and glorious things would happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:12	x4b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:12	hi9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἃ νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν, διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which those who proclaimed the gospel to you have now declared to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:12	c7jz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1	This phrase indicates the means by which the evangelists proclaimed the gospel to Peter’s readers. Peter uses **the Holy Spirit** here to refer specifically to the Holy Spirit’s work of giving those evangelists the ability or power to proclaim the gospel effectively. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit sent from heaven enabling them to do so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:12	yzqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:12	lyzl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς ἃ	1	Here, **things** refers to what God had revealed to the prophets and some evangelists had proclaimed to Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into which things God revealed to the prophets and which were declared to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:12	xi4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι	1	Peter uses **look** figuratively to refer to getting a clearer understanding of what God has revealed about salvation. This does not mean that the angels do not understand salvation at all. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things which angels desire to understand more clearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:13	bjg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	**Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has written in [verses 1–12](../01/01.md). If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this concisely. Alternate translation: “Since all these things I have just written are true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1:13	zvgh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν, νήφοντες, τελείως ἐλπίσατε	1	The clauses **having girded up the loins of your mind** and **being sober** could indicate: (1) two commands in addition to the command to **hope fully** that occurs in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, hope fully” (2) two actions that are means by which Peter wants his readers to obey the command to **hope fully**. Alternate translation: “hope fully, by having girded up the loins of your mind and by being sober” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+1:13	u87y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν	1	Girding up **the loins** is an idiom that means to prepare to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one’s robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having prepared your minds for action” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1:13	i56f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	νήφοντες	1	Here Peter uses **sober** figuratively to refer to mental clarity and alertness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:13	y771		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace God is bringing to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:13	ut69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1	Here Peter speaks of **grace** as if it were an object that could be brought to people. If this might confuse you readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the grace God is giving to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:13	qk5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1	Here, **the grace** refers to salvation, as it also does in [verse 10](../01/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gracious salvation being brought to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1:13	l45d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1:14	opvh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1	Here Peter uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not express the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “Like children of obedience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:14	n5wg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **children** who are characterized by **obedience**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “obedient” instead of the noun “obedience.” Alternate translation: “obedient children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1:14	e4tb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον & ἐπιθυμίαις	1	Here, **not being conformed to** is an idiom meaning “not letting one’s life be controlled by.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “not being controlled by your former desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1:14	nepq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον & ἐπιθυμίαις	1	Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “do not be conformed to your former desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+1:14	j2wo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when you were ignorant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:15	edvw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν καλέσαντα ὑμᾶς	1	This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who called you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:15	mrbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in how you conduct yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:16	m1q7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses was the author of the quotation that follows. Alternate translation: “Moses had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:16	e6el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	Here Peter uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Leviticus 11:44](../lev/11/44.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+1:16	tt52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε	1	Peter quotes God using a future statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “You must be holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+1:16	s8kz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος	1	In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because I, God, am holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+1:17	x0xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐπικαλεῖσθε	1	Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because you call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+1:17	c53b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἀπροσωπολήμπτως κρίνοντα	1	This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who judges impartially” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:17	s6gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον	1	Here Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land far away from their homes. Like people living away from home, so are Christians living away from their home in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “during the time that you are living away from your true home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:18	pcm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ἀργυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you have been redeemed from your futile behavior handed down from your fathers, not with perishable things, with silver or with gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+1:18	q4pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐλυτρώθητε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:18	git3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1	Here, **handed down** figuratively refers to one generation teaching **futile behavior** to another generation, as if that behavior were an object that could be passed by hand from one person to another. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your futile behavior taught to you by your fathers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:18	ctgm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:18	b5qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πατροπαραδότου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that your fathers handed down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:19	s4jd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τιμίῳ αἵματι & Χριστοῦ	1	Peter uses **the blood of Christ** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christ’s precious death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1:19	gk6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	Peter compares Jesus’ blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the people’s sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1:19	smu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1:20	msw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προεγνωσμένου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having foreknown him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:20	tnrv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προεγνωσμένου	1	This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what Christ would do. Alternate translation: “having been planned previously” (2) God knew what Christ would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “having been known beforehand,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:20	ky7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before God founded the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:20	dkk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having revealed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1:20	pmf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φανερωθέντος	1	Here, **having been revealed** refers to the first time Jesus came to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “having been revealed when he came to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:20	kzi0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων	1	Here, **the last of the times** refers to the final period of history which began when Jesus came to the earth for the first time. This period will end when Jesus returns to earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this final time period of history” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:21	lt5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Here, to **raise him** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1:21	f7mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has glorified him” or “has shown that he is glorious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:21	k85r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα, εἶναι εἰς Θεόν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **hope**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “you would believe and hope in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:22	hj14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες	1	**Having purified** figuratively refers to being forgiven for sins. In the Bible, sin is often referred to as something that makes people dirty, and the forgiveness for sin is referred to as the removal of that dirt. God is the one who forgives sins and **purifies** those who believe in Jesus. However, here Peter is referring to his readers’ responsibility in their salvation, which is the responsibility to repent and believe that the gospel is true. Alternate translation: “Having made your souls spiritually pure” or “Having cleansed your souls from sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:22	luj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὰς ψυχὰς	1	See how you translated **souls** in [verse 9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1:22	qyt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **truth**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by obeying what is true” or “by obeying the true information” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1:22	iyze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Here, **the truth** refers to the true teaching about Jesus, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:22	j777		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	φιλαδελφίαν	1	Although **brotherly** is a masculine word, Peter is using the phrase **brotherly love** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+1:22	e9wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς	1	Peter uses **heart** here figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. The word **from** indicates that the **heart** must be the source of the **love** that Peter is telling his readers to have. Therefore, this phrase has a similar meaning to the word “sincere” in the previous clause. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly based on sincere thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1:23	k79f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀναγεγεννημένοι	1	See how you translated **born again** in [verse 3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:23	w4v3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς	1	The word **seed** usually refers to either the seed of a plant or the sperm cell of a man, which is used to produce a baby. However, here Peter uses **seed** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) the **word of God** mentioned later in the verse. In this case, Peter is saying what the **word of God** is not. Alternate translation: “not by means of a human message that can perish” (2) physical human birth, in which case the meaning is similar to the idea expressed in [John 1:13](../jhn/01/13.md). Alternate translation: “not by means of mortal physical birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:23	nh9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀφθάρτου	1	Peter is leaving out a word that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “from imperishable seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1:23	tjq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος	1	Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and was proclaimed to Peter’s readers by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s living and enduring message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1:23	pkpl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ζῶντος & καὶ μένοντος	1	Here, **living** and **enduring** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God’s word is permanent. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “perpetually enduring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1:24	kyc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	διότι	1	**For** here introduces a quotation of some phrases from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+1:24	e299		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν,	1	In these clauses and the first clause of the next verse, Peter quotes parts of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+1:24	dr75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to human beings in general, which are made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All humankind” or “Everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1:24	zaa4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς	1	Peter quotes Isaiah using **glory** figuratively to refer to whatever is beautiful or magnificent about humankind. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that is glorious about humankind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1:24	ysnb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν	1	Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of **grass** and flowers in general, not of one particular blade of **grass** or one **flower**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “flowers of grass. Grass dried up, and flowers fell off” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+1:24	w0s8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἄνθος χόρτου	1	Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form to describe the **flower** that grows in the **grass**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flower that grows in the grass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1:24	r0fd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος	1	In this clause the prophet Isaiah continues the comparison between humankind and **grass**. Just like **grass** dies quickly, so human beings only live a short time. If this would confuse your readers, you could express this meaning by repeating the simile language from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “Like the grass dries up, so do people die after a short time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1:24	hd2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν	1	In this clause the prophet Isaiah continues the comparison between the glory of humankind and flowers. Just like a **flower** dies and falls to the ground, so does the beauty of mankind disappear. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning by repeating the simile language from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “like the flower that fell off the plant, so does everything that is glorious about humankind come to an end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1:25	lqjz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	τὸ δὲ ῥῆμα Κυρίου μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	This clause completes Peters quotation of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md) that began in the previous verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this ending by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+1:25	aba2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ & ῥῆμα Κυρίου	1	Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1:25	pp62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα	1	Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1:25	s11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:intro	a121				0	# 1 Peter 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Stones\n\nThe Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../eph/02/20.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])\n\n### Milk and babies\n\nWhen Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Sheep and shepherds\n\nThe Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care of believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]])
+2:1	n3x5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	**Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2:1	inct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἀποθέμενοι & πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1	This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+2:1	g65y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀποθέμενοι & πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1	Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:1	r853		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀποθέμενοι & πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2:2	y6fv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε	1	The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+2:2	rm71			ἐπιποθήσατε	1	Alternate translation: “desire intensely” or “yearn for”
+2:2	fn81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα	1	The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks figuratively of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s pure word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:2	ypy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐξηθῆτε	1	Peter speaks figuratively of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:2	vg76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until you are saved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2:2	wmw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	Here, **salvation** refers to when Jesus returns and God completes the **salvation** of his people. Peter also uses this meaning for **salvation** in [1:5](../01/05.md). See how you translated **salvation** there. Alternate translation: “until God saves you completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:3	uja9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1	Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you have tasted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+2:3	tui9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1	Peter uses **tasted** figuratively to refer to personally experiencing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you have experienced” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:3	hruw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος	1	This clause is a paraphrase of [Psalm 34:8](../psa/34/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+2:4	n5pm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι	1	Here, **coming** could indicate: (1) a factual statement, as in the UST. (2) a command, in which case “being built up” in the next verse would also be a command. Alternate translation: “Come to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:4	apbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πρὸς ὃν	1	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, who is called “Lord” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2:4	c4lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα	1	Peter refers to Jesus figuratively as if he were a **stone** in a building. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “coming to him, who is like a living stone in a building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:4	ihq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	λίθον ζῶντα	1	Peters speaks of a **stone** figuratively as if it were **living**. This could refer to: (1) a stone that is alive. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus is alive even though he had died. Alternate translation: “a stone that lives” (2) a stone that gives life. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus gives eternal life to everyone who believes in him. Alternate translation: “a stone that gives eternal life to others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2:4	e8sy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one that men have rejected” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:4	euuz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+2:4	a438		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:5	z11h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	Peter uses **stones** figuratively to refer to his readers, people who believe in Jesus. Just as people in the Old Testament used **stones** to build the temple that God dwelled in, God is using believers to bring together a group of people in whom he will dwell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, like stones that are put together and built into a house, are living stones that are being brought together into a spiritual community in which God dwells” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:5	g33x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες	1	Peters uses **stones** figuratively as if they were **living**. This emphasizes the fact that Peter’s readers have eternal life because they believe in Jesus. In this verse, **living** cannot mean to give life, because only God can give life. Alternate translation: “like stones that live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+2:5	v3jw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is building up as a spiritual house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:5	e6dm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἰκοδομεῖσθε	1	Here, **are being built up** could indicate: (1) a factual statement, as in the UST. (2) a command, in which case “coming to him” in the previous verse would also be a command. Alternate translation: “be built up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:5	i4bn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας	1	Here Peter speaks of believers figuratively as if they were part of a **priesthood** and as if their good deeds and acts of worship were **sacrifices** offered to God. Just as the priests in the Old Testament offered sacrifices to God, so should believers do good deeds and worship God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a synonym. Alternate translation: “like the holy priesthood that offered sacrifices to God, so you are made into a group which does good spiritual deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:5	ekkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον	1	The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of holy priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+2:5	zf45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πνευματικὰς θυσίας εὐπροσδέκτους	1	This could mean: (1) the **sacrifices** are of a spiritual, rather than physical, nature. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices of a spiritual nature that are acceptable” (2) the **sacrifices** are offered by the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices offered by the power of the Holy Spirit, which are acceptable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:6	ibi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ	1	Here the quotation of **scripture** that occurs next in the verse is spoken of as if it were a person who **stands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is written in scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2:6	k1h0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ	1	This phrase introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote in scripture stands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+2:6	wdwx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ἰδοὺ, τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ.	1	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+2:6	q7jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Peter quotes Isaiah using **Behold** to call his readers to pay attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:6	skrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τίθημι	1	In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, lay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+2:6	xsx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον	1	Here God refers to the Messiah figuratively as if he were not only a **stone**, but even the most important **stone** in a building, the **cornerstone**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who is like the most important stone in a building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:6	klv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον	1	Here, **chosen** and **precious** show a distinction between this **cornerstone** and any other **cornerstone**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “a cornerstone that is chosen and precious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+2:6	lrxm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1	The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. God uses them together to emphasize the truth of this statement. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+2:7	ze1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1	Here, **this honor** refers to the statement in the previous verse that people who believe in Jesus will “certainly not be ashamed.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this honor of never being ashamed is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:7	rdhk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1	The phrase translated **this honor** could also be translated as “precious,” in which case it would refer to the “cornerstone” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is precious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:7	sj13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀπιστοῦσιν δὲ	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But to those who do not believe, God says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2:7	hext		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:22](../psa/118/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+2:7	uu3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The author uses **stone** figuratively to refer to the Messiah, and he uses **builders** figuratively to refer to those who **rejected** Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The Messiah who was rejected just like builders reject a stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:7	ql12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	This phrase has the same meaning as “cornerstone” in the previous verse. It refers to the most important stone in a building. Here it refers specifically to the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who is like a cornerstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:8	k0dm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	καὶ	1	Here, **and** introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “and Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+2:8	vxhb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+2:8	i72g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1	Peter quotes Isaiah speaking figuratively of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:8	ydkr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1	Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form twice in this sentence to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling** and a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A stone that makes people stumble and a rock that makes people feel offended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+2:8	ptx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1	These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that people will be offended by this **stone**. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will surely stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+2:8	h7ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2:8	d8ii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἳ προσκόπτουσιν	1	Here, **stumble** could refer to: (1) being offended by the gospel, which is the meaning in the rest of this verse. Alternate translation: “They get offended” (2) being judged for rejecting the gospel. Alternate translation: “They are judged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:8	h6sb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οἳ προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες	1	Here, **disobeying the word** indicates the reason why they **stumble**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They stumble because they disobey the word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2:8	mh48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες	1	Here, **disobeying** refers to **disobeying** the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. Therefore, this **disobeying** means refusing to believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “refusing to believe the word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:8	sm6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς ὃ καὶ ἐτέθησαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to which God also appointed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:8	uwg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς ὃ	1	Here, **which** refers back to the previous part of this sentence. Those who do not believe in Jesus were appointed to stumble and disobey the word. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “To this, stumbling and disobeying the word,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:9	dc8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	γένος ἐκλεκτόν, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ἔθνος ἅγιον, λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν	1	All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament. The phrase **a chosen people** is from [Isaiah 43:20](../isa/43/20.md), **a royal priesthood** and **a holy nation** are from [Exodus 19:6](../exo/19/06.md), and **a people for possession** is from [Isaiah 43:21](../isa/43/21.md). It may be helpful for your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+2:9	zla9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γένος ἐκλεκτόν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a family whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:9	g39z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1	This could refer to: (1) members of a priesthood who are also members of the king’s family. Alternate translation: “a kingly priesthood” (2) a priesthood which serves the king. Alternate translation: “a priesthood which serves the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:9	m1f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1	The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of royal priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+2:9	qk7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **possession**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a people for God to possess” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2:9	ra7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐκ σκότους ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος, εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	This clause refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, who called you from darkness into his marvelous light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:9	nvf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ σκότους & εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	Here, **darkness** refers figuratively to the condition of people who do not know God and are sinful, and **light** refers figuratively to the condition of people who know God and are righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:10	pveb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	οὐ λαὸς & λαὸς Θεοῦ & οὐκ ἠλεημένοι & ἐλεηθέντες	1	All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament ([Hosea 1:6–10](../hos/01/06.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+2:11	jnr9			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nPeter begins to tell his readers how to live Christian lives.
+2:11	ve9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους	1	Here, **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Christians on this earth are far away from their home in heaven. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “true exiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2:11	x8af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παροίκους	1	Peter uses **foreigners** here figuratively to refer to his Christian readers. Just like a foreigner is not in his homeland, so are Christians not at home while living on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those living away from their home in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:11	hjuk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παρεπιδήμους	1	See how you translated **exiles** in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:11	ubn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν	1	Here, **fleshly** refers figuratively to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to abstain from satisfying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2:11	q4zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς	1	Peter speaks of **fleshly desires** figuratively as if they were soldiers trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will destroy your spiritual life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2:11	x3q5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τῆς ψυχῆς	1	Peter is referring to each individual Christian to whom he is writing this letter, not one particular **soul**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “your souls” or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+2:12	uiwd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1	Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for command, starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Keep your behavior among the Gentiles good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+2:12	b5nv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “behaving well among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2:12	nqql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	Peter uses **Gentiles** here figuratively to refer to people who are not Christians. Just like a **Gentile** was not a member of the Jewish people, so people who are not Christians are not members of God’s people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “among those who do not believe in Jesus” or “among those who are not Christians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:12	mkt4			ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς	1	Alternate translation: “with regard to what they slander you for as ” or “with respect to the very things that they slander you for as”
+2:12	w3yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they may observe the good things that you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2:12	s2ji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **visitation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when he visits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2:12	qspw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς	1	This phrase is an idiom that refers to the time when God will judge all people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day when he comes to judge everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2:13	c484		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν Κύριον	1	Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. This phrase could mean: (1) we should do this to follow the example of Jesus, who also obeyed human authorities. Alternate translation: “in order to follow the Lord’s example” (2) we should do this to honor Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:13	al6q			βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι	1	Alternate translation: “to the king as the highest human authority” or “to the king, who has supreme human authority”
+2:14	t0tc			ἡγεμόσιν ὡς δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις	1	Alternate translation: “to governors, who have been sent through him”
+2:14	y1l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the king has sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:14	dvmr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις	1	Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the king mentioned in the previous verse, as in the UST. (2) God, who is the one who installs and removes all governing authorities. Alternate translation: “those being sent by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2:14	bxm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἐκδίκησιν κακοποιῶν, ἔπαινον δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **punishment** and **praise**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to punish evildoers and praise those who do good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2:15	mh6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “to silence the ignorance of foolish people by doing good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+2:15	nzwv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ignorance**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good to silence the ignorant things that foolish people are saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2:16	zqe3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὡς ἐλεύθεροι	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. These words could be: (1) the command to submit to authorities stated in [verse 13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “submit as free people” (2) an implied imperative verb. Alternate translation: “act as free people” or “live as free people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2:16	y9pg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐπικάλυμμα & τῆς κακίας	1	Here, **covering** could refer to: (1) something to prevent people from knowing about one’s evil deeds. Alternate translation: “as a way to prevent others from seeing your evil” (2) an excuse or pretext to do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “as an excuse to do evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:17	gwy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀδελφότητα	1	Here, **brotherhood** refers to all Christian believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the community of believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:18	w2nc			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nPeter begins to speak specifically to people who were slaves who worked in people’s houses.
+2:18	xgk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν	1	The words **good** and **gentle** mean similar things. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that such masters treat their servants very kindly. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to the very kind ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2:18	mueb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῖς σκολιοῖς	1	Here, **crooked ones** is used figuratively to refer to people who act dishonestly or unjustly as if their morals were an object that could be bent or twisted. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dishonest ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:19	r1h1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο & χάρις	1	Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to finding **favor** with God, which is what he states in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this is deserving of God’s favor” or “this is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:19	zm8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **consciousness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because one is aware of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2:19	rjyf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **consciousness** that is about or concerning **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of having consciousness about God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+2:19	kje6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Θεοῦ	1	Here, **God** refers to who **God** is and what he requires from his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of consciousness of who God is and what he requires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:20	y5ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε?	1	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this sentence as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “For there is no credit if, sinning and being beaten, you will endure.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+2:20	pr8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κολαφιζόμενοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone beats you” or “your master beats you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:20	ly9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀγαθοποιοῦντες καὶ πάσχοντες	1	This could mean: (1) someone suffers even though that person did what is good. Alternate translation: “suffering despite doing good” (2) someone suffers because that person did what is good. Alternate translation: “suffering because of doing good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2:20	qii1			τοῦτο χάρις παρὰ Θεῷ	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse.
+2:21	c1jn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τοῦτο	1	Here, **this** refers back to what Peter stated at the end of the previous verse. Believers are called by God to endure suffering while doing what is good. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to endure suffering when you have done what is good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:21	xit1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς τοῦτο & ἐκλήθητε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has called you to this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:21	si3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	Peter uses **follow in his footsteps** figuratively to refer to following Jesus’ example about enduring suffering. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might imitate his behavior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:22	wii5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ὃς ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:9](../isa/53/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+2:22	tyz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:22	cjai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	Peter quotes Isaiah referring to **deceit** figuratively as if it were an object that could be found inside someone’s mouth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither was deceit spoken out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:22	lw1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	Peter quotes Isaiah figuratively describing something the Messiah would say by association with **his mouth**, which he would use to say something. In this case it is something the Messiah did not say. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “neither did he say something deceitful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2:23	lj4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people reviled, did not revile them back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:23	gqb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρεδίδου & τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως	1	Here, **the one who judges justly** refers to God. This means that Jesus trusted God to punish those who reviled him or to prove that he was innocent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entrusted himself to God, who judges justly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2:24	k632		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ὃς τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνήνεγκεν	1	Peter uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that Jesus alone is the one who bore our sins. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus bore our sins” or “Jesus, that very person, bore our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+2:24	w49m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν & ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον	1	Peter uses **bore our sins** figuratively to refer to Jesus being punished for **our sins** as if **sins** were an object that he carried on **his body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:24	zl8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ξύλον	1	Peter uses **tree** figuratively to refer to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2:24	x7ni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι	1	Here, **having died to sins** is a metaphor that means to no longer be controlled by sin. Like a dead person is free from sinning because they are no longer alive, so believers are free to stop sinning because Jesus bore the punishment for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being no longer controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:24	fxej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι	1	This clause refers to an event that occurs before the event in the next clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “after having died to sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+2:24	jaka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζήσωμεν	1	When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and other believers in Christ, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+2:24	w69k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε	1	This clause is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:5](../isa/53/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+2:24	ep4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has healed you by means of his wounds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:24	lx3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι	1	Here, **wounds** figuratively refers to all the suffering Jesus endured when he was beaten and killed on the cross. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by whose suffering and death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+2:24	n0l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰάθητε	1	Here, **healed** could mean: (1) being freed from the penalty and power of sin, which could include physical healing. Alternate translation: “you were freed from the effects of sin” (2) being forgiven for their sins and having a restored relationship with God. Alternate translation: “you were forgiven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:25	sgt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἦτε & ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι	1	Peter speaks figuratively about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep that were wandering around aimlessly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were living aimlessly without knowing God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+2:25	jkfu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπεστράφητε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2:25	i5lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1	Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2:25	z6q2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1	See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+3:intro	cqf4				0	# 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\n[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.\n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\nIn [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
+3:1	p454			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives.
+3:1	wp5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ	1	Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:1	kbis		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κερδηθήσονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+3:1	bs56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κερδηθήσονται	1	Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+3:1	qp4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἄνευ λόγου	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+3:1	b56u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἄνευ λόγου	1	Here, **word** refers to anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:2	rzrl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποπτεύσαντες	1	This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+3:2	zft4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:2	ng3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν & ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν	1	This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:3	p1bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὧν	1	Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+3:3	ysvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὧν & κόσμος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they way you adorn yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:4	oav8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+3:4	m2n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1	Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:4	l2yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος	1	Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+3:4	l1js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1	Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable thing** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which is a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+3:4	spi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1	Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean the opposite of loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:4	gbw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1	Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and quiet attitude.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:4	j5bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές	1	Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:5	dq60		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς	1	Peter speaks figuratively of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something with which they **adorned themselves**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:5	jbuf			ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν	1	See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md).
+3:6	kpnl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σάρρα & τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	**Sarah** is the name of a woman and **Abraham** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+3:6	t3xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα	1	Peter uses a Hebrew idiom here in which people are said to be the **children** of someone who has qualities similar to theirs. Women who believe and who act like Sarah acted are thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+3:6	v2so		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν	1	The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything at all. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+3:7	lbc2			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nIn this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands.
+3:7	uddn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	συνοικοῦντες & τῷ γυναικείῳ	1	Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+3:7	lulz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ γνῶσιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:7	eq1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει	1	Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:7	a88w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:7	n4rf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:7	quba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	χάριτος ζωῆς	1	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift, namely, eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+3:7	dwm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+3:8	nk97			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nIn [verses 8–12](../03/08.md) Peter writes instructions to all believers.
+3:8	f5y7			ὁμόφρονες	1	Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be”
+3:8	tzgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	φιλάδελφοι	1	Although **brothers** is masculine, Peter is using the phrase **loving as brothers** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loving as fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+3:9	z5u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας	1	Peter uses **paying back** figuratively to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insulting someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:9	t6il		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εὐλογοῦντες	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “blessing those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+3:9	w5df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you to this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+3:9	wx2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα	1	Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called so that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:9	n3xc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε	1	Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:10	dpf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γὰρ	1	**For** here introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+3:10	tce3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ὁ & θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω	1	From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+3:10	p9bl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὁ & θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+3:10	btkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:10	rqa9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1	Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively to refer to the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+3:10	y4kd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from saying evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:11	n5sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκκλινάτω & ἀπὸ κακοῦ	1	Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:11	fu8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν	1	The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+3:11	qhyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζητησάτω εἰρήνην	1	Here, **peace** refers to peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:12	yn5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους	1	Here, **eyes** being **on** someone is an idiom that refers to God acting favorably toward someone by taking care of that person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord lovingly takes care of the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+3:12	r5xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	Here, **ears** being **toward** someone’s **request** is an idiom that refers to God listening to that person’s request. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord listens to their request” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+3:12	tytz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	The idea that the Lord listens to the requests of righteous people also implies that he responds to those requests. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he listens to and grants their request” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:12	p2vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	Here, **request** refers to requests in general, not to one particular **request**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “their requests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+3:12	es9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	Here, **face** refers figuratively to the Lord himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the Lord is against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+3:12	t22b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	Here, **the face** being **against** someone is an idiom that refers to one person opposing another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+3:12	gw7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ποιοῦντας κακά	1	After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+3:13	wkw4			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nIn [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when unbelievers persecute them.
+3:13	e1ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε?	1	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they did good things. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you become zealous ones of the good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+3:13	e8li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ	1	Peter is using the possessive form to describe people who are **zealous** about doing **good** deeds. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “ones zealous to do good deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+3:14	f6ch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you might suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:14	xg3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cause you to be blessed ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+3:14	j8ds		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:12](../isa/08/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+3:14	f9u8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Peter states the same idea twice in order to emphasize that believers should not be afraid of people who persecute them. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “But you should not fear at all what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+3:14	yz6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸν & φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε	1	This could refer to: (1) the fear that unbelievers have. Alternate translation: “you should not fear what they fear” or “you should not fear the same things that they fear” (2) the fear that righteous people have for unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you should not fear them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+3:15	vgv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Κύριον & τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** figuratively to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:15	qjg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:15	d69e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς ἀπολογίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend your faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:15	q8i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον	1	Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:15	w3xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος	1	Peter speaks of **hope** figuratively as if it were something that could be inside a person. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:16	hzya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:16	ctk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν	1	This phrase implies not doing anything sinful that would cause a person to not have a **good conscience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “doing nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:16	wrk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καταλαλεῖσθε, καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “so that the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ may be ashamed about why you are being slandered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+3:16	s7mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καταλαλεῖσθε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people are slandering you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+3:16	qflw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1	Here, **in Christ** refers to being a Christian. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your good behavior as a Christian” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:16	dvwr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+3:17	bt09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας & κακοποιοῦντας	1	These two phrases indicate two different reasons for suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of doing good … because of doing evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+3:17	x8qu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Peter uses **the will of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if God wills” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:18	me4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν	1	Here, **sins** implies the **sins** of people other than Jesus, because Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the sins of others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:18	q9fa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	θανατωθεὶς & σαρκὶ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+3:18	j5lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	θανατωθεὶς & σαρκὶ	1	Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:18	h6v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ζῳοποιηθεὶς & πνεύματι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+3:18	n7nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζῳοποιηθεὶς & πνεύματι	1	Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made alive spiritually” or “having been made alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:19	hp82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ᾧ	1	Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:19	ewuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐκήρυξεν	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death, which he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. This interpretation is less likely to be correct, because it would mean that Noah was actually the one preaching and Peter does not mention Noah preaching or Jesus’ pre-incarnate existence anywhere in this letter. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+3:19	ez3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν	1	Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls,” as in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:19	zpyr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν φυλακῇ	1	Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+3:20	qxah		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀπειθήσασίν	1	Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+3:20	s7qm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία	1	Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:20	yyth		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε	1	Here Peter uses **days of Noah** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:20	c6mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+3:21	dqjy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὃ	1	Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+3:21	vxoh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+3:21	tz6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα	1	Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, now saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:21	ium3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βάπτισμα	1	Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that believers profess when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not by any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). See the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:21	owi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:21	hmp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1	Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body that is made of **flesh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:21	uz0u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1	Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:21	jti3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	καὶ ὑμᾶς & νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ,	1	Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which the faith demonstrated by baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism now saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+3:21	rixf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+3:22	p5ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1	The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the event in the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+3:22	g4qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1	Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3:22	ldrw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1	In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+3:22	q72i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1	The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+3:22	f6jq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+4:intro	zh5n				0	# 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. How believers should act because the end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nIn [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he were telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands, like the UST does.
+4:1	b8d4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	**Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+4:1	ess6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ & σαρκὶ	1	Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+4:1	p2rv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε	1	Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:1	yxs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν	1	Here Peter uses **the same way of thinking** to refer to Jesus’ **way of thinking** when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had when he suffered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:1	d66g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας	1	Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:2	tjdq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς	1	Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+4:2	d49a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ & χρόνον	1	Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+4:2	fsvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις	1	Here, **desires** refers specifically to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:2	gbb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+4:3	anhj			ἀρκετὸς & ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος	1	Alternate translation: “enough time has passed”
+4:3	efte		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:3	rp5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1	Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:3	lm35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshiping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+4:4	c4ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1	Peter uses **running into** figuratively to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:4	q6k6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1	Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if sin were pouring out of the person like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:4	w1d8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς ἀσωτίας	1	The word **recklessness** refers to dangerous behavior that shows that a person does not care about the consequences of his actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of careless sinning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:5	datm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1	Here Peter uses **give** figuratively to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:5	r288		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1	Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+4:5	xw39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι	1	Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:5	dx7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+4:6	u54m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη	1	Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before Jesus himself died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../heb/09/27.md) that “men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment.” The Bible does not state that God gave anyone a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:6	ql11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὐηγγελίσθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+4:6	hsg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κριθῶσι & κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+4:6	gm1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	κατὰ ἀνθρώπους	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+4:6	s72f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ	1	Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+4:6	encm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζῶσι	1	Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:6	h154		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζῶσι & πνεύματι	1	Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:7	e445		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντων & τὸ τέλος	1	Here, **the end of all things** refers to the end of the world, when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world, when Jesus returns,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:7	qs1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤγγικεν	1	Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:7	ubd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	σωφρονήσατε & καὶ νήψατε	1	The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+4:7	k5hh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	νήψατε	1	See how you translated **sober** in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:7	qb4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς προσευχάς	1	Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers to think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+4:8	f1lr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν	1	Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up, and he describes **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause, **covers up**, means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins committed against them by others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:9	g3vw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φιλόξενοι	1	The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “be those who provide food and a sleeping place” or “be those who provide room and board” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:9	rzbi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ	1	Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+4:10	xvj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα	1	Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:10	a30t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1	Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to Christians using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if they were managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing well the diverse grace of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:10	smyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse, gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+4:11	b81x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+4:11	vs2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+4:11	ir6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+4:11	wq9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+4:12	vw9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει	1	Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:13	mhj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you can express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+4:13	b63p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:13	rgb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι	1	The words **rejoice** and **glad** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you may rejoice even more” or “you may be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+4:14	kswc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+4:14	i6ul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ	1	Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+4:14	wbm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+4:14	i1kq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα	1	Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:14	nx6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται	1	Here, **rests on you** is an idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+4:15	qzlb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer**, and **meddler**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+4:15	nr6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος	1	Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+4:16	xb0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν	1	Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you could use the second person, as the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+4:16	xm8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	Here, **this name** refers to the title “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name ‘Christian’” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:17	nawr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+4:17	x9np		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+4:17	v74q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+4:17	phx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+4:17	c8ke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ?	1	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for those who believe it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+4:17	e5fn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:17	z9zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἀπειθούντων	1	Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+4:17	l3db		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+4:18	re8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	καὶ	1	**And** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../pro/11/31)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+4:18	f7kx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται?	1	This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 11:31](../pro/11/31). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+4:18	t762		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+4:18	i6nz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ δίκαιος & ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς	1	Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, and not of specific, individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+4:18	w8ke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται?	1	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+4:18	ms54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται	1	Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+4:18	wb4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς	1	The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+4:19	qm3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὰς ψυχὰς	1	See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+4:19	g1r6			ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ	1	Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds”
+5:intro	a6d9				0	# 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. How believers should interact with one another (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Lion\n\nOther animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. In other places in Scripture, the authors use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars believe that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:1	s8fr			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nIn [verses 1–4](../05/01.md) Peter speaks directly to men who are leaders in the churches.
+5:1	m4xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρεσβυτέρους & ὁ συνπρεσβύτερος	1	In [verses 1–5](../05/01.md) the words **elder** and **elders** refer specifically to church leaders, who were often older men. Here these words do not refer to old men in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fellow church leader … the church leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+5:1	n3em		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μάρτυς τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθημάτων	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **witness** and **sufferings**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who has witnessed Christ suffer in many ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+5:1	a6ve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the glory that God is about to reveal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+5:1	wead		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς & δόξης	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the glorious nature of Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+5:1	yb3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	The phrase **the glory that is about to be revealed** refers to Christ’s glorious return to earth in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the glory that is about to be revealed when Christ returns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+5:2	f63v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιμάνατε τὸ & ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here Peter uses **Shepherd** figuratively to refer to leading and taking care of believers, and he uses **flock** figuratively to refer to those believers. Elders who lead assemblies of believers should take care of those believers like shepherds take care of their sheep. Since the shepherd and sheep metaphors are important metaphors in the Bible, you should keep the metaphors in your translation or use similes. Alternate translation: “Take care of God’s people as if they were a flock of sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:2	dvai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **oversight** and **compulsion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “supervising—not because you must do so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+5:2	zfei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “exercising oversight over them—not doing this under compulsion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+5:2	k4dk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς, ἀλλὰ ἑκουσίως	1	The phrases **not under compulsion** and **willingly** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to voluntarily take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete willingness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+5:2	cp7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ Θεόν	1	This phrase refers to acting according to God’s will or requirements. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to God’s will” or “as God wants you to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+5:2	c6qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μηδὲ αἰσχροκερδῶς, ἀλλὰ προθύμως	1	The phrases **not greedily** and **eagerly** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to eagerly take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete eagerness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+5:3	lta9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς κατακυριεύοντες	1	Here Peter uses **lording it over** figuratively to refer to acting toward people in a harsh and controlling manner, as if someone were a harsh master who abuses his servants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “harshly controlling” or “acting like harsh masters over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:3	xwr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῶν κλήρων	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **portion**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are assigned to you” or “those whom God has apportioned to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+5:3	n485		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τύποι γινόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου	1	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **examples** that are for **the flock**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being examples for the flock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+5:3	vg31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ ποιμνίου	1	See how you translated **flock** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:4	oz14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	**And** here indicates that what follows is the result of obeying the commands that Peter gave in [verses 2–3](../05/02.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result of doing these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+5:4	pfjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	**Chief Shepherd** is a title for Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+5:4	td11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	Here Peter speaks of Jesus figuratively as if he were a **shepherd** who has authority over all the leaders of the assemblies of believers. Peter told those leaders to shepherd their flocks in [verse 2](../05/02.md). Since **Chief Shepherd** is an important title for Jesus that connects to some prophecies about the Messiah in the Old Testament, you should keep the metaphor in your translation or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a lead shepherd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:4	qlek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the Chief Shepherd appears” or “when God reveals the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+5:4	ll4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης στέφανον	1	Here,**crown** refers to a symbol of victory. It does not refer to the type of **crown** that kings wear. In ancient times an athlete would receive this **crown** as a reward for winning a competition. Those crowns were often made of leaves or flowers that would fade. Unlike those victory crowns, the reward that God gives will be **unfading**, which means that it will last forever. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a glorious reward that will last forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:4	c6h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῆς δόξης στέφανον	1	This could refer to: (1) a **crown** that is characterized by **glory**. Alternate translation: “glorious crown” (2) a **crown** that is the **glory** referred to in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “crown, that is, glory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+5:5	qm2h			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nIn this verse Peter first instructs younger men specifically and then continues to instruct all of the believers.
+5:5	z13n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑποτάγητε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+5:5	bjt6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρεσβυτέροις	1	See how you translated **elders** in [verse 1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+5:5	uh4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες	1	Here, **everyone** refers to all the believers to whom Peter is writing this letter, and not to all people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “every one of you believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+5:5	r6s6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε	1	Peter speaks of **humility** figuratively as if it were a piece of clothing that a person could put on. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act with humility” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:5	jr8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with humble actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+5:5	v49g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ὅτι	1	Here, **for** introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is as Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+5:5	r4gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ὁ Θεὸς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν	1	This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+5:5	xgeg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	δίδωσιν χάριν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “acts graciously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+5:6	bie6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Peter uses **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s power to save humble people and punish proud people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under God’s great power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+5:6	qwn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς ὑψώσῃ	1	Peter is using a spatial metaphor to describe God honoring someone as if God would **lift** that person **up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God may show honor to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:7	c1uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Here Peter speaks of **anxiety** figuratively as if it were a heavy burden that a person can take off of his back and **cast** onto God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “trusting him with everything that worries you” or “letting him take care of all the things that trouble you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:8	wbb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	νήψατε, γρηγορήσατε	1	The words translated as **sober** and **watchful** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize that believers need to be alert since the devil wants to destroy them. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be completely alert” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+5:8	k9nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	νήψατε	1	See how you translated **sober** in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:8	tl7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν	1	Peter speaks of **the devil** figuratively as if he were a **roaring lion** who wants to **devour** people. Just as a hungry lion devours its prey, the devil is **seeking** to destroy the faith of believers. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is trying to find ways to destroy the faith of believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+5:9	v4t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει	1	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “being firm in the faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+5:9	vwtc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1	Here, **the faith** could refer to: (1) a person’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “in the faith that you have” (2) the Christian faith in general. Alternate translation: “in the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+5:9	tusy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων & ἐπιτελεῖσθαι	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sufferings**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people are suffering in the same ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+5:9	uk06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων & ἐπιτελεῖσθαι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the same kind of sufferings are occurring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+5:9	v451		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι	1	See how you translated **brotherhood** in [2:17](../02/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:9	i4ur			ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Alternate translation: “in various places throughout the world”
+5:10	fxfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος, ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ, ὀλίγον παθόντας	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “But after having suffered for a little while, the God of all grace, the one who has called you to his eternal glory in Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+5:10	p648		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ὁ & Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος	1	**God of all grace** could mean: (1) God is always gracious. Alternate translation: “the God who is always gracious” (2) God always give gracious gifts, as mentioned in [4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “the God who gives all gracious gifts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+5:10	wpzj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to his glorious presence forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+5:10	ns1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Here, **in Christ** refers to being united with Christ through faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+5:10	suu9			ὀλίγον	1	Alternate translation: “for a short time”
+5:10	gnvs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	αὐτὸς καταρτίσει, στηρίξει, σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει	1	Here, **confirm**, **strengthen**, and **establish** all mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God will fully strengthen people who suffer because they trust in Jesus. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “will himself restore and thoroughly strengthen in every way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+5:11	u6h1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ τὸ κράτος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May he rule powerfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+5:12	an6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν τοῦ πιστοῦ ἀδελφοῦ (ὡς λογίζομαι), δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα	1	**Through Silvanus** means that Silvanus wrote down the words that Peter told him to write in this letter. In ancient times it was common for people to use scribes to write down letters for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I wrote to you briefly by means of Silvanus, the faithful brother, as I regard him, who wrote down what I told him to write” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+5:12	dhvh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοῦ	1	Although **brother** is masculine and Silvanus is a man, here Peter is using **brother** in a generic sense to refer to another believer. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Christian” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+5:12	ca38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ταύτην	1	Here, **this** refers back to what Peter has written in this letter, especially the gospel message that the letter contains. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have written to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+5:12	g1t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here the word **grace** refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this letter I have written contains God’s true and gracious message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+5:12	cssm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Peter uses **Stand** figuratively to refer to being strongly committed to something as if someone is standing firmly in one place and refusing to move. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:12	nm72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Here, **it** refers to **the true grace of God** mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Stand in this true grace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+5:13	muq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτὴ	1	**She** and **fellow-elect one** here both refer to the group of believers who were with Peter when he wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This group of believers in Babylon, who are fellow-elect ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
+5:13	pzpw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἐν Βαβυλῶνι	1	Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) the city of Rome. Alternate translation: “in Rome, which is like Babylon” (2) the city of Babylon, as it appears in the ULT. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
+5:13	rpf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνεκλεκτὴ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+5:13	kc8s			ἀσπάζεται	1	As was customary in this culture, Peter concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered by” or “says hello to”
+5:13	ws2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου	1	Peter refers to Mark figuratively as if he were his **son**, because he taught him about Christianity and loved him like a **son**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is like my son” or “my spiritual son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+5:13	d9hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μᾶρκος	1	**Mark** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+5:14	jqd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1	**Greet** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+5:14	fc7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐν φιλήματι ἀγάπης	1	A **kiss** was an action that expressed Christian affection in this culture. It showed the unity of those who belong to Christ. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “with a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+5:14	i08w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν πᾶσιν, τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ	1	As was customary in his culture, Peter closes his letter with a blessing for his readers. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May all you who are in Christ experience peace within yourselves” or “I pray that you all who are in Christ will have peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
+5:14	u70z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	See how you translated **in Christ** in [verse 10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])